Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutSWP272750 (2) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET Longacres Office Park Renton, Washington January, 1999 Prepared By: Sverdrup Civil, Inc. Bellevue,Washington Prepared For: �BOE/IVG rTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Boeing Company Surface Water Management Project Longacres Office Park Renton, Washington DOCUMENT CERTIFICATION The Technical Specifications included herein was prepared by or under the direct supervision of the undersigned, whose seals as registered professional engineers licensed to practice as such in the State of Washington are affixed below: U Mir wAsy �� E 114 2 2 �. � F � 22024 10 NAL �� .� ' 'ci ' ti l�209 �`�S10NAL � EXPIRES: 06/05/'00 EXPIRES: 10/05/9q An-O foR,�i�rsio�cl /6 January 1999 \0I 4002\2220\wp\SDTOC2.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK TABLE OF CONTENTS SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET TABLE OF CONTENTS _DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REOUIREMENTS 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01050 FIELD SURVEY 01060 REGULATORY AND REFERENCED REQUIREMENTS 01300 SUBMITTALS 01310 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01410 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01430 MOCK-UPS 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS 01710 FINAL CLEANING 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01740 WARRANTIES 01770 FINAL COMMISSIONING DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02010 SUBSURFACE/SURFACE EXPLORATION 02060 DEMOLITION 02110 SITE CLEARING 02140 DEWATERING 02205 SOIL MATERIALS 02207 AGGREGATE MATERIALS 02211 ROUGH GRADING 02222 EXCAVATING 02223 BACKFILLING 02225 TRENCHING 02229 ROCK REMOVAL 02242 SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION January 1999 TOC- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SDTOC2.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK TABLE OF CONTENTS SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET r TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK (Continued) 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02607 MANHOLES, VAULTS AND COVERS 02722 SITE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 02771 SITE EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02781 SITE GROUNDING SYSTEM 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03346 CONCRETE SIDEWALK/SLAB FINISHING 03370 CONCRETE CURING 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE UTILIDORS DIVISION 4 NOT USED DIVISION 5 -METALS r 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6 - 12 NOT USED DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13150 LAKE CONSTRUCTION January 1999 TOC-2 \014002\2220\wp\SDTOC2.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK TABLE OF CONTENTS SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 BASIC ELECTRIC REQUIREMENTS 16111 CONDUIT 16123 WIRE AND CABLE 16130 BOXES 16141 WIRING DEVICES 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16470 PANELBOARDS -END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS - January 1999 TOC-3 \014002\2220\wp\SDTOC2.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Separate work. B. Coordination. 1.02 SEPARATE WORK A. The Work of the Contract is described by separate sets of design documents from the various disciplines. Each discipline may have designated the work described by another discipline as "separate work," or words to that effect. In such cases, the Contract shall take precedence in describing the Work of the Contract. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. If there is a conflict between the Work described on the Drawings and what is stated in the Technical Specification, the Technical Specification takes precedence. If there is a conflict between the Technical Specification and the Contract, the Contract will take precedence. 1.04 COORDINATION WITH EXISTING HELISTOP FACILITY A. The project site includes an active helistop site that will continue to be utilized throughout construction. Aircraft will pass over the project site throughout construction. Coordinate Work in the vicinity of the helistop with the owner. A safety zone with a radius of 55 feet about the center of the helistop landing pad shall be maintained at all times. The safety area shall be kept clean and free of construction equipment, vehicles, January 1999 01005- 1 \014002\2220\wp\sDO1005.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01005 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ADMINISTRATIVE CONSTRUCTION SET PROVISIONS construction materials, stockpiles, debris, or any other foreign objects which may potentially damage a helicopter or cause injury. The helistop access road shall not be used by construction vehicles, or for storage of any items at any time. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED - END OF SECTION - January 1999 01005 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SDo1005.DDc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cutting, fitting, and patching required to complete the Project, and to make its several parts fit together. B. Uncovering portions of nonconforming, ill-timed installations to provide for correction. C. Removing defective installations and Work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. D. Removing samples of installed Work as required for testing. E. Providing routine penetrations of nonstructural surfaces for mechanical and electrical installations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Individual Product Specification Sections 1. Cutting and patching incidental to Work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in Work of those Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 5. Work by others January 1999 01045 - 1 \014002\2220\p\sm1oas.Doc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01045 i SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CUTTING AND PATCHING CONSTRUCTION SET B. Include in request: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed Work, and products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on Work of others. 7. Date and time Work will be executed. 8. Trades to execute Work. 9. Designation of party responsible for cost of cutting and patching. 10. Effect on structural integrity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Comply with Specifications and standards for affected products. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. During cutting and patching, inspect conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement. B. After uncovering Work, inspect conditions affecting product installation or Work performance. C. Submit written reports to the Owner's Representative defining unsatisfactory work or questionable conditions. Do not cut or patch until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning Work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. January 1999 01045-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01045.D0C ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01045 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CUTTING AND PATCHING CONSTRUCTION SET 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary support to ensure structural integrity of affected Work portion and safety of personnel. B. Protect other portions of Project from damage. C. Protect Work exposed by cutting and patching from elements. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill to complete Work. B. Fit products together, to integrate with other Work. C. Uncover Work to install ill-timed Work. D. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming Work. E. Remove samples of installed Work for testing when requested. F. Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical Work. 3.04 PERFORMANCE A. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces. C. Cut rigid materials using a masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed without prior approval from the Owner's Representative. D. Core masonry walls through cells without reinforcement. E. Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Fit Work air and sound tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. January 1999 01045 -3 \0I4002\222Mwp\Snol045.noc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01045 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CUTTING AND PATCHING CONSTRUCTION SET G. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material to full thickness of the penetrated element. H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. I. For Mechanical and Electrical systems that have been accepted by Owner, an integrity test of this repair will be required. -END OF SECTION - January 1999 01045-4 \014002=20\wplSD01045.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01050 FIELD SURVEY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performing general surveying services and calculations. B. Identifying control points. C. Settingand maintaining grades, and alignment and sloe stakes necessary gin' � g P for construction, including the roadbed, surfacing, paving, and similar Work. 1.02 RELATED SECTION A. Section 01720 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Engineer qualifications: Washington State registered, licensed land surveyor acceptable to the Owner's Representative. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish name, address, and telephone number of licensed person before starting Work. B. Survey notes, in accordance with Paragraph 3.02 of this Section. C. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of Work. D. Submit Professional Surveying Engineer's signed certificates indicating that elevations and improvement locations conform or do not conform to Contract Document requirements. r1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey Work as it progresses, in accordance with Section 01720. January 1999 01050- 1 \0I4002P2220\wp\SDO1050.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01050 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT FIELD SURVEY CONSTRUCTION SET 1.06 SURVEY REOUIREMENTS A. Provide field survey services. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B. Establish a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. D. Periodically verify layouts by same means. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify survey control point locations before starting Work. Locate ends of capped utilities by coordinate and elevation. Promptly notify the Owner's Representative of discrepancies if discovered. B. The Owner may periodically verify the Contractor's Work by employing a certified land surveyor. Any discrepancies if discovered will be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution of the data. 3.02 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Reference existing survey control points before starting construction. Protect survey control points prior to starting sitework; preserve permanent reference points during construction. Provide the Owner's Representative with copy of survey notes. January 1999 01050-2 \014002\2220\pvsom05o.00c BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01050 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT FIELD SURVEY CONSTRUCTION SET B. Promptly report to the Owner's Representative the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. C. At the finish of construction, replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. 3.03 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES A. Establish lines and elevations accurately. B. For stationing and alignment tolerances: 1. Stationing ±0.1 foot 2. Alignment ±0.01 foot C. For other requirements to be taken at 25-foot intervals: 1. Slope stakes ±0.1 foot 2. Subgrade (blue tops set 0.05 foot below grade) +0.01 foot 3. Surfacing (red and yellow tops) ±0.01 foot 4. Paving pins for surfacing or paving ±0.005 foot - END OF SECTION - January 1999 01050-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDol050.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01060 REGULATORY AND REFERENCED REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Municipal, County, State and Federal Codes and Regulations applicable to Project. B. Obtain, and pay for, required permits except those furnished by Owner. C. Owner Furnished Permits: 1. Construction Permit-City 2. Master Plan Shoreline Development Permit (if required) 3. Dewatering Discharge Permit-DOE 4. Demolition Permit-City 5. HPA Permit-DoFW (if required) 6. Wetland 404 Permit-CORPS (if required) 1.02 REGULATORY AUTHORITIES A. General: Authorities havingjurisdiction over project, or arts of project, J P J � P P J include those listed below. B. King County 1. Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency(PSAPCA) 110 Union Street, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98101-2038 (206) 343-8800 C. Renton, City of: 200 Mill Avenue South Renton, WA 98055 Building Division (425) 235-2540 Permit Inspections (425) 235-2542 Engineering Division (Design) (425) 235-2631 Fire Department (425) 235-2642 January 1999 01060- 1 \014002\222Mwp\sDo1060.DDc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT REGULATORY AND CONSTRUCTION SET REFERENCED REOUIREMENTS Sewer and Street Use Permits (425) 235-2631 Water and Sewer Engineering (425) 235-2631 D. Washington State 1. Dept. of Labor and Industries (DOLL) Electrical Permits and Inspections 12806 Gateway Drive Tukwila,WA (206) 248-6630 Workplace Safety Inspections 300 West Harrison - Room 301 Seattle, WA (206) 281-5470 E. Other as applicable. 1.03 PUBLIC UTILITIES A. Water and Sewer Renton, City of Utilities Department 200 Mill Avenue South Renton,WA 98055 (425) 235-2631 B. Hazardous Waste Disposal Contact Boeing Representative for coordinating all hazardous waste. Renton Division Solid Waste (Sean Caldwell) (425) 234-0742 C. Electric Puget Sound Energy Atten: Kevin Beck P.O. Box 97034 (425) 462-3021 OBC-12N Bellevue,WA 98009-9134 D. Gas Puget Sound Energy Atten: Connie Cooper (206) 521-5335 January 1999 01060-2 \014002\2220\wp\SDO1060.DOC j BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT REGULATORY AND CONSTRUCTION SET REFERENCED REQUIREMENTS E. Telephone US West Communications Atten: Frank Forrest Seattle, WA (206) 345-2968 F. Underground Utility Locating Service (800) 424-5555 G. Cable TCI Cablevision of Washington Atten: Steve Hyatt 15241 Pacific Highway South Seattle, WA 98188 (206)433-3434 1.04 CODES AND REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Published industry standards are referenced throughout the Specification to establish quality requirements for materials and workmanship. To the extent standards are incorporated by reference, they are as binding as if fully repeated. B. Referenced standards are listed in each section by: Publishing body name and acronym, abbreviated designation, issue date, amendment date, and title. Follow edition or date specified, including amendments, or submit substitution request in accordance with Section 01630. If no edition date is specified, follow latest edition in effect at Invitation for Bids date. C. General: Codes and regulations apply as adopted and amended by Regulatory Authorities. Codes and regulations applicable to project include: t1. National Fire Code (NFPA 13 and 24) 2. National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) 3. National Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) 4. Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) Regulations 5. Uniform Building Code (UBC) 6. Uniform Fire Code (UFC) 7. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) 8. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) 9. Washington State Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) i10. Washington State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) 11. Washington State Handicapped Accessibility Code 12. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA 1992) rJanuary 1999 01060-3 \014W2\2220\wp\SD01060.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT REGULATORY AND CONSTRUCTION SET REFERENCED REQUIREMENTS 13. King County Stormwater Management Manual 14. Other as applicable. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Copies on site: Provide one copy of the following references on site at all times for use by everyone involved with Project. The references shall be the versions currently adopted by the City of Renton or other governing agency. 1. General Reference a. Uniform Building Code (UBC) , b. UBC Standards C. Uniform Fire Code (UFC) d. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) e. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) f. WISHA Regulations g. Washington Handicapped Accessibility Standards h. ASTM Standards in Building Codes; 26th Edition i. Local building code amendments and additions. 2. Cites references required to be on-site by individual sections in Divisions 1 through 16 of the Technical Specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plainly mark materials specified by Referenced Standard to identify standard, grade, and other criteria specified. Where marking of individual pieces is impracticable, as in materials furnished in bulk form, furnish certificate of compliance upon request. PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED - END OF SECTION - January 1999 01060-4 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDo1060.DOC r BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal Record Form requirements. B. Submittal schedule. C. Contractor responsibilities. D. Engineer review. E. Requirements for each type of submittal. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01310 - REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION: Submittal procedures for RFI's. B. Section 01630 - SUBSTITUTION: Substitution submittals. 1.03 SUBMITTAL RECORD FORM A. Provide the following, as applicable, on each Submittal Record Form. A blank form is included at the end of this section and is available on computer disk from the Owner's Representative: 1. Unique submittal number, in the following form: R-01a, R-02a, R-02b, R-03a, R-04a, etc. where the letters :represent the following: g G Grading or Paving D Storm drainage S Sanitary sewer W Domestic/Fire Water or Irrigation M Mechanical (hot/chilled water, natural gas) E Electrical, Lighting or Communication A Architectural T Temporary erosion/sedimentation control (TESC) R Demolition X Miscellaneous January 1999 013W- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 j SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET and the numbers are consecutive, beginning with 01. The secondary letters are used only to represent a resubmittal of information, such as item R-02b in this example. 2. Submittal date. 3. Submittal history table. 4. The names of: a. Person making the submittal , b. Contractor C. Subcontractor d. Supplier e. Manufacturer 5. Submittal description. 6. Reference Specification section and paragraph number and Drawing sheet number and detail which relates to the submittal. 7. Submittal type. 8. Signature certifying submittal. . 9. Submittal routing table. 10. Comments, as required, to clarify submittal. B. Deliver all submittals in the quantities as described under each Section, or if , not stated provide 3 each, 1 will be returned for Contractor use. Submit this information to the Engineer at the address listed below: Sverdrup Civil, Inc. Attention: Jeff Schutt 600 108th Avenue NE, #700 Bellevue, WA 98004 (425) 452-8000 C. Concurrently deliver submittals to the Owner, as described in this section. D. Transmit submittals under the Submittal Record Form provided at the end of this Section. January 1999 01300-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET 1.04 SUBMITTAL CONTROL DOCUMENT A. The General Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner's Representative within fifteen calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed, a Submittal Control Document listing dates for each submittal identified in the Submittal Checklist at the end of this Section. B. The Document shall be listed, in order, from the first anticipated submittal to be delivered to the last and shall include the following information with all listed items: 1. Submittal number. 2. Submittal description. 3. Corresponding Specification, Drawing, etc., number. 4. Proposed submittal date. 5. Projected review and acceptance dates. C. Highlight all large and complex submittals representing major portions of the Work. The Submittal Control Document shall be incorporated into the Construction Schedule. 1.05 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. B. Unless specified otherwise, allow a minimum of 10 working days from receipt, for the Engineer and Owner to review each submittal. Schedule additional time for large and complex submittals representing major portions of the Work. C. Schedule submittals to allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of rejected submittals, without affecting the construction ' schedule. 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals prior to submission. Verify specified requirements of products, field measurements, and field construction requirements. Shop Drawings shall be reviewed for accurate dimensions, required clearances, coordination with Shop Drawings submitted for other Work, and existing conditions. B. Stamp and sign each submittal as certification that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. January 1999 01300-3 \01 4002\2220\wp\SDO I 300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 t SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET C. If it appears that the Contractor has not checked the Shop Drawings carefully, even though stamped as checked and approved, the Shop Drawings will be returned to the Contractor for proper checking before further processing or review by the Engineer, regardless of any urgency , claimed by the Contractor. D. If the Contractor fails to substantially respond to the Engineer's review comments prior to resubmittal, or if the Contractor makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for extra services required to review such submittals. E. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. F. Notify the Engineer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents, as detailed in Section 01630- Substitutions. G. Make copies of all approved Shop Drawings and product literature available for use in the project. H. Distribute approved samples as necessary for use in the project. I. The costs for delivering the submittals to the Engineer's office shall be paid for by the Contractor. J. Do not fabricate or erect Work in advance of Engineer's review and acceptance of Submittals. 1.07 ENGINEER REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS A. The review of submittals by the Engineer will be for design concept only, and shall not be interpreted as a thorough checking of detailed dimensions and quantities, or approval of deviations from the Contract Documents. B. The Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve the Contractor from the following: January 1999 01300-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.DOC iBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET 1. Performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Providing Work not indicated on approved Shop Drawings, but otherwise required for the completion of the Work. C. The Engineer may not review submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit Shop Drawings required by individual Sections of the Specifications and as otherwise required for proper performance of the Work. B. Unless specified otherwise, accurately show quantities, kinds of materials, methods of assembly, and all data required for fabrication, erection, and installation; show the relationship of adjoining Work, relevant field conditions and dimensions; coordinate with affected subcontractors and suppliers if in conflict. C. Number of Copies 1. Submit to the Engineer three legible bond prints for review, except that shop drawings II" x 17" or smaller may be submitted in the form of three blackline or electrostatic copies. For Lake System Submittals, submit three additional copies. 2. Concurrently submit three additional prints directly to the Owner stamped"PRELIMINARY." D. Owner will return one copy to the Contractor with corrections, notations and the Engineer's stamp indicating action to be taken. E. In the case of rejected Shop Drawings, the Engineer will keep a copy and the Owner will return the prints to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised reproducible for resubmittal. F. Upon acceptance of the submittal the Engineer will send two reviewed prints to the Owner. The Owner will send one print to the Contractor. G. Should discrepancies become evident immediate) notify the Engineer for P � Y Y g resolution before proceeding with shop Work. H. Inclusion of unapproved substitution requests into shop drawing submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. January 1999 01300-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET I. Reproduction of Contract Drawings are acceptable as Shop Drawings only when specifically authorized in advance by the Engineer. 1.09 PRODUCT DATA A. Product data includes catalog sheets, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials and equipment used in the Project. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, operation, i and other data. Include manufacturer's printed installation instructions. ■ C. Where product data describe more than one product or mode, clearly identify which is submitted for approval. Modify product data and installation instructions to delete information which is not applicable to the Work. D. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. E. Number of Copies 1. Submit to the Engineer three copies of product data for review. For Lake System Submittals, submit three additional copies. 2. Concurrently submit three additional copies directly to Boeing stamped "PRELIMINARY." F. Owner will return one copy of the product data to the Contractor with corrections, notations and the Engineer's stamp indicating action to be taken. G. Inclusion of substitution requests into product data submittals shall be cause for rejection of the submittal. 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples as specified in the Technical Specifications. B. Every sample submittal shall have a typed label showing the following: 1. The Project Title and Number 2. Submittal Control Number 3. Subcontractor Identification January 1999 01300-6 \014002\2220\wp\SDO1300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET 4. The names of: a. Contractor b. Subcontractor, Manufacturer, and Supplier as applicable. C. Engineer 5. Specification Section and paragraph number and drawing sheet number and detail which relates to the sample as applicable. C. Number of Samples 1. Submit three matching samples to the Engineer. 2. For each sample submittal to the Engineer, submit one additional P g matching sample directly to Owner stamped "PRELIMINARY." D. In the case of rejected samples, the Engineer will keep one sample and Owner will return rejected samples to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised samples. E. After sample review and acceptance, the Engineer will retain one sample, Owner will retain one sample and return the other sample to the Contractor. F. Unless specified otherwise, submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for selection. G. Unless specified otherwise, samples which are subject to natural variation shall show anticipated range of color and/or texture. The Engineer may require additional samples if the range is not satisfactory. H. Unless specified otherwise, samples shall illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing Work. I. Review of samples shall not preclude the rejection of the completed Work which does not conform to the approved sample. No change from the approved samples shall be permitted unless approved otherwise by the Owner's Representative. J. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. January 1999 01300-7 \014002\2220\wp\SDO1300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SET 1.11 CERTIFICATIONS A. Certifications shall clearly identify the material or information being certified, and shall include the Contractor's name, the Project name, name of the item being certified, manufacturer's name, date, and reference to the applicable Section and paragraph number in the Technical Specifications. B. Number of Copies 1. Submit to the Engineer one original and one copy. , 2. For each Certification to the Engineer, submit one additional copy directly to Owner. C. Include copies with Operations and Maintenance Manuals specified in Section 01730. 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS A. Submit information required as a condition of the Building Permit issued by code authority. 1.13 SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST A. The attached Submittal Checklist is provided as a convenience for summarizing required submittals. Not all listed submittals may be applicable to this Project. Listed submittals may not be complete. Submit items required in each-Specification Section whether included in Checklist or not. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED January 1999 01300-8 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.DOC _Wmmn SUBMITTAL RECORD FORM To: Jeff Schutt Submittal Number — 600 108th Avenue NE, #700 Submittal Date Bellevue, WA 98004 Submitted B From: Submittal History Action i Submittal# Date ' Subcontractor: Supplier: Manufacturer: _ Submittal description: Reference to specifications: ' Reference to plans/drawings: Submittal type: (shop dwgs,product data,samples,certifications,record drawings,O&M manuals,etc.) The undersigned certifies this submittal has been reviewed for conformance to Contract Documents: Contractor's Representative Date Submittal Number of Attention Date Date Routing Co ies Sent Received MK to Sverdrup Sverdrup to Boeing Comments Sverdrup Civil, Inc. \014002\2220\wp\1 sdspecs-TABLE 1 January 1999 01300-9 \0 14002\2200\wp\sdo 1300.DOC SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST EA ME am S MER Field Survey. w., ,n . s 01050.1.04A SUB Name,address,telephone number of licensed person 01050.1.04B SUB Survey notes 01050.1.04D SUB Certification of elevations and improvement locations Submittals 01300.1.04A SUB Submittal Control Document Quality Control 01400.1.05A PLAN Quality assurance program 01400.1.07B REPORT Tests and inspection reports Project Record Documents 01720.1.02G SUB Submittal requirements for Project Record Documents 01720.1.02H CERT Certification of Project Record Documents Operation and Maintenance Data 01730.1.03 SUB Operation and maintenance manuals Demolition 02060.1.03A SHOP Location and construction of fences,temp.work 02060.1.03B PLAN Work Plan-Contractor's procedures 02060.1.03C CERT Certification of quantity/Spoil certification 02060.1.03D PLAN Seattle Water Dept.waterline protection plan 02060.1.04A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents , Site Clearing 02110.1.03A CERT j Certification of Spoil Dewatering 02140.1.05B SUB Equipment proposed for dewatering 02140.1.05C PLAN Work Plan for dewatering 02140.1.07a&b SUB Qualifications Soil Materials 02205.1.03C SUB Materials Source-name suppliers 02205.1.03B SAMP Samples,30 lb.of each fill type Aggregate Materials 02207.1.03B SAMP I Samples,30 lb.of each fill type 102207.1.03C SUB Materials source 02207.1.03D METH Proposed methods of compaction Rough Grading ' 02211.1.04B AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents 02211.1.05A PLAN Plan for excavating wet subsoil materials Excavating 02222.1.06A CALC Calculations for all shoring installations Backfilling 02223.1.04B METH Proposed methods of compaction 02223.2.01H PI) 1CDF mix design Rock Removal 02229.1.04B METH j Method of rock removal Soil Cement Stabilization I I 02242.1.04B SUB ;Mix design and materials mix ratio 02242.1.04C SAMP I Samples,301b.of each fill type Asphaltic Concrete Paving \014002\2220\wp\1SDSPECS.XLS[Submittal List] 1/22/99 01300- 10 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.D0C 02510.1.04A !CERT Certification letter 02510.2.04a&b J'PD Mix design Manholes,Vaults and Covers 02607.1.04B SHOP Manhole location,elevation and size 02607.1.04C PD Manhole covers,steps,features,etc. Site Storm Drainage System 02722.1.05B PD Product Data 02722.1.05C SUB I Manufacturer's installation instructions - 02722.1.05D CERT Manufacturer's Certificate 02722.1.05E TEST Pressure test procedure: ASTM C924 02722.1.06A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents 02722.2.05A CERT Certification of check valve Site Erosion/Sedimentation Control 02771.1.04B PLAN Contractor's pan for TESC 02771.1.04C SUB Area to be cleared and graded each day 02771.2.02D PD TESC drain pipe Site Grounding System 02781.1.0713 SHOP Layout of grounding system installation 1 02781.1.07C PD Grounding electrodes and connectors 02781.1.07D TEST Test Reports:resistance to ground 02781.1.07E SUB Manufacturer's instructions:exothermic connectors 02781.1.08A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents Irrigation System 02810.1.04B IPD !Pipe materials,fittings,valves,accessories 02810.1.04C CERT Manufacturer's Certificate 02810.1.04D TEST Test certificates for underground irrigation system 02810.1.04E 'PLAN Safety plan: hydrostatic tests 02810.1.05A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents Concrete Formwork 03100.1.06B I SHOP Dimensions,materials,bracing,etc.for formwork 03100.1.06C JPD Void form materials and installation requirements. 03100.1.06D JPD Form release agent 03100.1.06D 'PD Proprietary materials 03100.1.06D ,PD Elevated formwork and shoring 03100.1.06D PD Precast concrete exposed to view 03100.1.06D IPD I Water stops Concrete Reinforcement 03200.1.04B SHOP Bar sizes,spacings,locations,schedules,etc. 03200.1.04C CERT Manufacturer's Certificate 03200.1.04D SUB Mill Analysis of steel and welded wire fabric Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300.1.05B PD Data on joint devices,anchor bolts,etc. 03300.1.05C SUB Concrete mix reports 03300.1.05D TEST Lab test reports for aggregates and admixtures 1 03300.1.05E ICERT !Compliance for cement and fly ash 03300.1.05F SUB Records:mix proportions,slump,etc. 03300.1.05G SAMP 'Two samples of control,isolation and expansion joints 03300.1.05H SUB Manufacturer's installation instructions 03300.1.05I MOCK Sidewalk mock-up per Section 03346.1.04I 03300.1.06A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents 03300.2.031 TEST Certified test results for penetrating sealers 03300.2.05C SUB Mix design for tremie seal Concrete Sidewalk/Slab Finishing 03346.1.04B PD Filler sealer,compatabilities,limitations,etc. 03346.1.04C SUB Manufacturer's installation or application instructions 03346.1.04D MOCK Sample mock-up of sidewalk:textured finish and color \014002\2220\wp\1SDSPECS.XLS[Submittal List] 1/22/99 01300- 11 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.D0C 03346.1.10A TEST Mix design and test records for identification , Concrete Curing 03370.1.04B IPD Curing compounds,mats,compatabilities and limitations Precast Concrete Utilidors 03410.1.05B SHOP Layout,locations,details,reinforcement,etc. 03410.1.05C SUB Design loads,bearing requirements and special conditions 03410.1.05D PD Configurations,design loads and bearing requirements 03410.1.05E SAMP Joint sealant for each unit cover and vault 03410.1.05E iDD Design data calculations and stresses Structural Steel 05120.1.05B SHOP Profiles, sizes,spacing,connection details,etc. 05120.1.05C CERT Mill certification for bolts,nuts and washers 05120.1.05D TEST Mill test reports for structural strength and tests 05120.1.05E CERT All qualifying criteria , 05120.1.05E METH Description of welding procedures Metal Fabrications 05500.1.06B SHOP Profiles,sizes,reinforcing,anchorage,etc. 05500 1 06B ICERT Welders Certificates Lake Construction 13150.II.H CERT Contractor's qualifications 113150.IV.A SHOP Shop drawin s I�,.. f . Basic Electrical Requirements 16010.1.03.0 PD Bill of Materials 16010.1.03.1) SHOP Bulletins,data sheets,diagrams,etc. 16010.1.07.A CERT Three copies of certificates of compliance 16010.1.10.B AS-BUELTS Detail drawings(include with as-builts) 16010.1.12.13 SUB Loose copy of manuals 16010.1.13.A AS-BUILTS Electronic copy,full size vellum,and l Ixl7s of as-builts 16010.1.18.A CERT Certification of completion of work 16010.1.19.A CERT One year guarantee on materials and workmanship 16010.1.20.A CERT Certification of building inspection 16010.3.05.A.5 PD Motor data Conduit 16111.1.05B PD Metallic conduit,tubing,fittings,etc. ' 116111.1.06A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents Wire and Cable 16123.1.04B PD Wire and cable type,connector type and termination 16123.1.04C CERT Manufacturer's certificate of test materials Boxes 16130.1.04B PD Manufacturer's data for each product used 16130.1.05A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents Wiring Devices 16141.1.04B PD Catalog of dimensions,colors,and configurations 16141.1.04C SUB Instructions:application conditions,limits,installation Cabinets and Enclosures 116160.1.04B PD Enclosures and cabinets 16160.1.04C SUB Instructions :application conditions,installation , Grounding and Bonding 116170.1.06B IPD Ground rods,bars,connectors and grounding conductors 116170.1.06C TEST Reports:measurements of resistance 116170.1.06D SUB Instructions for storage,handling,etc.of exothermic connectors '16170.1.07A AS-BUILTS Project Record Documents \014002\2220\wp\1SDSPECS.XLS[Submittal List] 1/22/99 01300- 12 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.DOC Supporting Devices 16190.1.04B PD Catalog for fastening systems 16190.1.04C ;SUB Instructions:application conditions,installation,etc. Electrical Identification 16195.1.04B SUB Nameplate schedule 16195.1.04C PD Catalog data for nameplates,labels,and markers 16195.1.04D SUB Instructions:application conditions,installation,etc. Key to abbreviations: AS-BUILTS "As-built"drawings CALC Calculations CERT,' Certification DD Design Data METH Method MOCK Mock-up ' PD Product Data PLAN Work Plan SAMP Sample SHOP Shop drawing SUB Submittal TEST Test report -END OF SECTION- \014002\2220\wp\ISDSPECS.XLS[Submittal List] 1/22/99 01300- 13 \014002\2220\wp\SD01300.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01310 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedure for submitting Requests for Information (RFI) 1.02 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROCEDURE A. All Contractor questions regarding the intent of the Contract Documents, or requesting clarification of items, systems or sub-systems of the design or Specifications, shall be transmitted to Owner on a REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) transmittal form included at the end of this Section. This form is also available on computer disk from the Owner Representative. B. RFI's shall not constitute a change in the Contract. Changes in the Contract, ' caused by responses to RFI's, shall only be made in accordance with the Contract Change requirements described in the Contract. C. The Contractor shall keep an RFI log, and shall be responsible for assigning RFI numbers. This log shall make specific reference to RFI's with cost or schedule impacts. D. Whenever possible, the Contractor shall submit all questions regarding P q g g systems or sub-systems together on a single RFI, identifying separate portions of the question by the numerals A, B, C, etc. ' E. The Contractor shall submit questions to the Owner's Representative at the earliest practical date, allowing the Engineer at least five working days to respond. The actual critical response date shall be identified clearly on the F. The Contractor shall endeavor to resolve all concerns, questions, or conflicts not resolved during the bidding phase, during the preconstruction phase of the project, whereby the Engineer may have additional time to respond, without impacting the construction schedule. ■ G. The Engineer and the Owner's Representative shall have the right to void duplicate RFI's. January 1999 01310- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD01310.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01310 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION SET PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION ' NOT USED January 1999 01310-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01310.DOC i 1 2 f p REQUEST FOR INFORMATION(RFI) To: Bart Heath RFI Number 1901 Oakesdale Ave. SW Date Submitted Renton,WA 98055 Submitted B From: RFI History Action Submittal# Date Information request description: Reference to specifications: Reference to plans/drawings: Routing Attention Date Date Date Information Sent Received Due B. Heath ' Information Request. Response By. Date: -END OF SECTION- [\014002\2220\wp\I Aspecs.xlsj January 1999 01310-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD01310.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01400 ' QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General requirements. B. Workmanship. ' C. Manufacturers' Field Services. D. Contractor requirements for testing laboratory services. E. Contractor's quality assurance program and control procedures in executing the Work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01005 - ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS: Applicability of specified reference standards. B. Section 01300- SUBMITTALS: Submittal of manufacturer's instructions. C. Section 01410 - TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES: List of Owner paid tests and inspections. D. Section 01430 - MOCK-UPS: Special requirements for mock-ups. ' 1.03 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, ' site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform Work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. ' January 1999 01400- 1 w14002 z2srn.R\sDO1400 Doc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01400 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL CONSTRUCTION SET ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit the following information associated with quality control at a minimum: 1. Statement and description of Contractor's overall quality assurance (QA) program which shall include field supervision, inspection, Shop Drawing coordination and checking, equipment installation procedures, and methods of protecting finished Work. Include QA procedures applicable to all subcontractors. ' 2. Procedures to be used in obtaining field samples except where required for submittal under other sections. 3. Name, qualifications, and prior experience of inspection and testing laboratories that Contractor proposes for Owner's consideration. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require product manufacturer to furnish qualified personnel to observe field conditions and quality of workmanship, and to provide recommendations, certifications, and other specified services. B. Manufacturer's Representative shall submit written report to Owner's Representative listing observations and recommendations. 1.07 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to inspect and test the Work as referenced in Section 01410. All other tests , and Inspections, including tests for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be paid for by the Contractor. B. Contractor Paid Tests ' 1. Contractor required tests and inspections shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 2. Notify the Owner's Representative a minimum of 48 hours prior to each test or inspection to allow observation by the Owner's Representative. , 3. Owner shall have the right to approve or disapprove the Contractor's testing agency. Submit a description of testing agency qualifications for Owner's review when requested. January 1999 01400-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01400.DOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01400 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL CONSTRUCTION SET ' 4. Distribution of Contractor Paid Test and Inspection Reports: Distribute copies of all reports to Owner's Representative and the Engineer as follows: a. Two copies to Owner's Representative b. One copy to the Engineer C. Contractor's Responsibilities ' 1. Cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the Testing Laboratory. 2. Notify Owner's Representative and Testing Laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse Owner for the additional costs incurred. 3. Remove and replace all Work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. 4. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated tests and inspections, and compensation ' for additional services by the Engineer, Owner, and all required Consultants. ' 5. All damage which may occur to the Work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces, as specified in Section 01045-Cutting and Patching. ' 6. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. iJanuary 1999 01400-3 \014002\2220\pvsom40o.Doc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01400 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL CONSTRUCTION SET , PART 2 - PRODUCTS , NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION ' NOT USED -END OF SECTION - i 1 1 . 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 January 1999 01400-4 \014002\2220\wp\SDo1400.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT 1 CONSTRUCTION SET ' SECTION 01410 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Owner supplied testing. B. Test lab duties. 1.02 RELATED SECTION A. Contractor Supplied Testing: As per this Section. i1.03 GENERAL A. The Owner will employ, and pay for, services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified services unless specified otherwise. This section shall not be construed to limit the types and quantities of tests and inspections which Owner may have performed, nor shall it be construed to require that the tests and inspections be performed, except as required by the jurisdictional code authorities. The Contractor's price shall be based on the ' assumption that tests and inspections will be performed as described below by an independent test lab. B. Any other test not described herein, but are required by the Contract Documents will be performed and paid for by the Contractor. C. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of his obligation to perform work in accordance with Contract. 1.04 LABORATORY AND INSPECTOR DUTIES (LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY) ' A. Cooperate with Owner's Representative and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. In the event unforeseen circumstances develop, inspector will immediately report to Owner's Representative for decision. 1 B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction: 1. Comply with specified standards: ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as noted elsewhere. ' January 1999 01410- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD01410.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES 2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. i C. Promptly notify Owner's Representative and Contractor of irregularities or ' deficiencies of work which are observed during performance of services. 1.05 SUBMITTAL REOUIREMENTS ' A. Submit reports to the Owner's Representative, the Contractor, the Building Department, and other parties as designated by Owner's Representative, ' giving results and observations of tests, and stating compliance or noncompliance with contract documents. Upon request, provide interpretation of test results. , 1.06 EQUIPMENT A. Furnish all equipment to perform the required tests and inspections. 1.07 OWNER SUPPLIED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Earthwork 1. Inspect excavations for conformance to the Contract Documents. 2. Fill Materials: Perform tests to determine conformance with , Contract requirements. 3. Compaction: Perform density tests to determine compliance with , specified compaction requirements. Where fills are used, compaction testing shall be performed after the placement of each ' lift. B. Trenching and Piping ' 1. Perform compaction tests for bedding at one test per 100 linear feet of pipe. ' 2. Perform compaction tests for backfill at one compaction test per lift , per 100 linear feet of pipe. January 1999 01410-2 \014002\2220\wp\.SDol410.DDc ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES C. Concrete Formwork 1. Forms shall be inspected for location, design, configuration, and seal ' of form joints and ties. 2. Check condition of bond surfaces, locations and sizes of all embedment items, and anchorage for prevention of displacement. D. Concrete Reinforcement ' 1. Inspectors of reinforcement welding and splicing shall be WABO/ASTM certified within the State of Washington. All shop ' and field welds of reinforcing steel shall be inspected. The special welding inspector shall check materials, equipment, qualifications and ability of the welder, details of construction and procedure as well as the welds themselves. ' 2. All steel bars that can be positively identified as to heat number and mill analysis shall have one tensile test and one bending test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof for all No. 5 bars and larger. ' 3. All steel bars that cannot be identified by heat number and mill analysis shall have one tensile and one bend test made for each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof, of each size and kind of reinforcing steel. ' 4. Testing procedure shall conform to ASTM A615. E. Concrete Sampling and Testing 1. Batch Plant Inspection: Provide batch plant inspection to verify compliance of the design mix. 2. Continuous Field Inspection: The Inspector shall be present at all times during the placing of structural, reinforced concrete. Prior to ' placing concrete, inspect and approve, if satisfactory, accuracy of all formwork and quantity and placement of all reinforcing steel. 3. Water: Test in accordance with ASTM C94 and CRC-C400 as appropriate. ' January 1999 01410-3 No 1400z\2220\wp\SDol alo.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 1 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES 4. Aggregates for normal weight concrete shall be sampled and tested ' in accordance with ASTM C33. Gradation tests shall be performed on the first day and every other day thereafter during concrete construction. ' 5. Samples of concrete shall be taken for air, slump, unit weight, and strength tests in accordance with ASTM C 172. ' a. Air Content: Test for air content shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 173 or ASTM C231. A minimum ' of 1 test per day shall be conducted. b. Slump Tests: Slump tests shall be taken every 150 cubic ' yards delivered for each set of compression strength test cylinders, but not less than 1 test per hour during continuous pours. Slump shall be tested in accordance with ASTM ' C 143. 6. Test Cylinders for Laboratory Cured Specimens: At least four , cylinders for each 150 cubic yards of each separate mix design of concrete or fraction thereof being placed each day shall be taken, ' unless otherwise specified. Cylinders shall be taken so as to represent as nearly as possible the batch of concrete from which they are taken. Sampling procedures for laboratory-cured cylinders shall ' conform to ASTM C 172. Test cylinders shall be made and cured in compliance with ASTM C31, except as modified hereinafter. a. Test cylinders from respective batches, one at age 7 days for ' information, and two at age 28-day strength evaluation. The fourth shall be retained in reserve for later testing, if required. , Cylinder testing procedures shall conform to ASTM C39. b. Strength level of an individual class of concrete for ' laboratory-cured specimens shall be satisfactory if both of the following requirements are met: (1) Average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equal or exceed the specified ' compressive strength, (2) No individual strength test (average of two cylinders) falls below the specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. ' January 1999 01410-4 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD01410.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES 7. Test Cylinders for field-cured concrete: Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens in compliance with ASTM C31. An equal number of field-cured test cylinders shall be molded at the same time and from the same samples as laboratory-cured test cylinders. Field-cured cylinders shall be cured under field conditions in accordance with Section 7.4 of ASTM C31. a. At least two sets of four cylinders for each concrete strength specified shall be taken for each 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof being placed each day, unless otherwise specified. Cylinders shall be taken so as to represent as nearly as possible the batch of concrete from which they are taken. ' Sampling procedures shall conform to ASTM C172. Test cylinders shall be made and cured in compliance with ASTM C31, except as modified hereinafter. b. Test s cylinders from respective batches: one at 7 days, two at Y P Y � ' 28 days, and one spare. The fourth shall be tested as directed if the concrete strength is under that specified. Cylinder testing procedures shall conform to ASTM C39. ' C. Results for laboratory-cured and field-test specimens shall be as cured specified in Section 03300. 8. Report exact mix tested, minimum size aggregate, location of pour in the work, cylinder identification, date of receipt of cylinder in laboratory, cement brand and type, and admixtures used. 9. Investigation of Low-Strength Test Results: When any strength test ' of standard-cured test cylinder falls below the specified strength requirement by more than 500 psi, or if tests of field-cured cylinders indicate deficiencies in protection and curing, perform ' non-destructive testing in accordance with ASTM C597, ASTM C803 or ASTM C805 to determine the relative strengths at various locations in the structure. When strength of concrete in place is ' considered potentially deficient, cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM C42. At least three representative cores shall be taken from each member or area of concrete in place that is considered potentially deficient. The location of cores shall be determined by the Owner's Representative to least impair the strength of the structure. If the concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions, the cores shall be air dried (temperature 60 to 80 degrees F), relative humidity less than 60 percent for seven days before testing and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the structure will be more than superficially wet under service January 1999 01410-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD01410.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES conditions, the cores shall be tested after moisture conditioning in ' accordance with ASTM C42. F. Structural Steel ' 1. General Inspection: a. Testing Laboratory shall be at the fabricator's plant to verify that materials used check with the mill tests or affidavits of test reports and that fabrication and welding procedures meet ' specifications and that the work in progress conforms with project requirements. b. Testing Laboratory shall visually check fabricated steel , delivered to the job against the working and approved shop ' drawings for compliance and shall make any physical tests, measurements, etc., they believe necessary. All shop fillet welds shall be visually checked. ' C. Testing agency shall witness and report all special corrections performed by the steel fabricator on their own initiative. , d. Testing Laboratory shall be present during steel erection at all times. ' e. Welding Inspectors shall be AWS Certified. 2. Welding Requirements: Special inspection shall be provided by the ' Testing Laboratory for all penetration welds (shop and field) and for all field fillet welding. Joint preparations shall be checked. ' Approve the detailed description of welding procedures proposed for use on structural metals except for welded joints prequalified by AWS D1.1, ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: ' a. Nondestructive testing shall be performed as required by UBC Section 2722 and UBC Standard 27-6, and as specified ' herein. b. All welds shall be visually inspected. Welds considered ' suspect shall be further checked by other means deemed necessary by the welding inspector. , C. Ultrasonically test 100 percent of all complete penetration welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 6 by American ' January 1999 01410-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD01410.DOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND ' CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES Society of Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Level II technicians. (1) Complete Penetration Welds: Smaller than 5/16" - visual inspect root pass 100 percent then magnetic particle inspect final weld 100 percent 5/16" and larger - ultrasonic testing 100 percent. ' (2) Base metal thicker than 1 1/2 inches, when subjected to through-thickness weld shrinkage strains. Shall be ultrasonically inspected for discontinuities directly behind such welds after joint completion. 1 d. Ultrasonically test 100 percent of all partial-penetration column splice welds. (1) Partial Penetration Welds: ' Smaller than 5/16" - visual inspect root pass 100 percent Magnetic particle inspect final weld 100 percent 5/16" and larger- ultrasonic testing 100 percent (2) Any material discontinuities shall be accepted or rejected on the basis of the defect rating in accordance with the (larger reflector) criteria of UBC Standard 27-6. (3) Exception: When directed by the Owner's Representative, the rate of testing for fillet welds, partial penetration welds, and complete penetration ' welds may be reduced in accordance UBC guidelines. e. Any size frequency 1.0, 2.35, and 5.0 MHz and angle 45, 60, 70, and 90 may be used to indicate the size, orientation and type of discontinuity more accurately, where deemed ' desirable. f. When ultrasonic indications arising from the weld root ' cannot be interpreted as either a weld defect or the backing strip itself, the backing strip shall be removed at the expense ' January 1999 01410-7 \014002\2220\wp\SD01410 DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES , of the Contractor, and if no root defect is visible, the weld shall be re-tested. If no defect is indicated on this re-test, and no significant amount of the base and weld metal have been removed, no further repair of welding is necessary. If a defect ' is indicated, it shall be repaired at no expense to Owner. g. The Inspector shall perform magnetic particle testing in ' accordance with ASTM E709 for any questionable welds. h. Perform tests of fillet welds - shop/field as follows: ' (1) Fillet Welds: Smaller than 5/16" - visual inspection 100 percent - only , 5/16" and larger - visual inspect root pass 100 percent ' and Magnetic particle inspect final weld 25 percent i. See Specification Section 05120, for additional test/quality , control requirements. j. Exceptions: , (1) When directed by the Owner's Representative, the rate of testing for ultrasonic testing of complete- penetration welds may be reduced in accordance with UBC guidelines. (2) Other ultrasonic of magnetic particle-testing may be reduced by approval of the Owner's Representative upon presentation of satisfactory documentation ' submitted by the Contractor. 3. Bolting Requirements: ' a. All inspection shall conform to the requirements of the current edition of the "Specification for Structural Joints ' Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts", except that the installation by "turn-of-nut tightening" will not be accepted. b. Refer to Section 05120 for installation requirements and testing of delivered bolts. C. Inspection for Slip Critical Bolts: The inspector need not be present during the entire installation and tightening ' operations provided the following tasks have been performed: January 1999 01410-8 \014002\2220\wp\SD01410.DOC 1 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND ' CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES ' (1) At load indicator washers: ' (a) Inspected the surface and bolt type for conformance to plans and specifications prior to start of bolting. ' (b) Upon completion of all bolting, verify the minimum specified bolt tensions visually and by using the feeler gauge as "no go" inspection on a few bolts in each connection (10 percent or two bolts, whichever is greater). ' (2) At tension control bolts: ' (a) Prior to the start of bolting, inspected all surfaces and bolt types for conformance with ' plans and Specifications. (b) Performed the quality control bolt tests ' specified above. (c) Visually inspected 100 percent of the high- strength bolts for properly installed tension. Except as noted below, it will be assumed that properly installed bolt tensions have been achieved if the spline has twisted off. (3) For general connection inspection, in both LIW and TCB installations, the inspector shall further examine large, multi-bolt, multi-row connections for possible loss of bolt tensions due to fit-up problems. In the case of a dispute regarding final installed bolt tensions in a specific joint, a calibrated torque wrench shall be used to verify the installation as outlined in Section ' 6(d)4 of "Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts." 4. Miscellaneous Metal: Where miscellaneous angles, channels, studs, and similar shapes are detailed for support of major components of ' the work, the welds, bolts, and material are subject to the same testing requirement as other structural supporting members. ' 5. Visual Examination: Conducted in accordance with AWS 131.1, Section 3.2.3, "Visual Inspection and Repair of Plate Cut Edges." January 1999 01410-9 \014002\2220\wp\SD01410.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01410 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TESTING AND CONSTRUCTION SET INSPECTION SERVICES ' G. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Test and inspect asphaltic concrete paving ' thickness and density at randomly selected locations. Perform tests to determine conformance with contract requirements. ' H. Aggregate Base Course 1. Aggregate Materials: Perform tests to determine conformance with , contract requirements. 2. Compaction: Perform density tests to determine compliance with ' specified compaction requirements, testing shall be performed after the placement of each lift. , PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION ' NOT USED ' - END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 01410- 10 \0I4002P2220\wp\SDO141ODOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01430 MOCK-UPS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General requirements for mock-ups specified in technical sections. 1.02 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-ups as specified in the individual Specification sections. P P P ' Provide additional mock-ups, as required by the Owner's Representative, until approval is obtained. ' B. Do not proceed with subsequent Work until approval of the mock-up is obtained from the Owner's Representative. C. Approval of mock-up shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the remainder of the Work similar to the mock-up. ' D. Maintain mock-up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. E. Unless specified otherwise, remove mock-up at completion, when directed ' by Owner's Representative. F. Provide mock-ups sufficiently early to allow review, rejection, and ' replacement of mock-up. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION ' NOT USED -END OF SECTION- 1 ' January 1999 01430- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SDO1430.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. General product installation requirements. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01005 - ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS: Owner-furnished products; reference standards. B. Section 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. C. Section 01630- SUBSTITUTIONS: Procedures for substitutions. D. Section 01740 -WARRANTIES: Requirements for product warranties. 1.03 GENERAL PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner's Representative. Specifications and referenced standards are minimum requirements. C. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, materials employed for construction purposes, such as formwork, scaffolding, and temporary lighting, shall not be used in the Work. D. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, all products incorporated into the Work shall be new, and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the intended use. January 1999 01600- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD01600.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01600 t SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT CONSTRUCTION SET 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage. B. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. C. Furnish equipment and personnel to handle products b methods to prevent P P Y soiling or damage. D. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Immediately replace nonconforming products with new conforming products, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect material in accordance with the requirements specified in the Contract. B. All materials shall be stored so as to keep them in new condition and free from deterioration. C. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store moisture sensitive products, such as cement, lime, plaster, gypsum board, casework, finish materials, equipment, and insulation, in weather- tight enclosures. Maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions, and as otherwise required to prevent damage. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground to provide adequate drainage. Protect from soiling or staining through ground contact. Store products subject to deterioration within an impervious sheet enclosure. Ventilate enclosure to avoid condensation. F. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. G. Reinforcing shall be stored on racks at least 6 inches above the ground and protected from the weather. H. Arrange storage of products to furnish convenient access for inspection by the Owner's Representative. January 1999 01600-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01600.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01600 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT CONSTRUCTION SET I. Refer to the technical Sections for additional requirements for specific products. 1.06 GENERAL PRODUCT INSTALLATION REOUIREMENTS A. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, install each product in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions. B. Notify the Owner's Representative in writing if a product cannot be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Obtain and distribute copies of manufacturer's instructions to parties involved in the installation. Distribute copies to Owner's Representative ' when requested. D. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION NOT USED - END OF SECTION - January 1999 01600-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\sD01600.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for substitutions. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01005 - ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS: Owner- furnished products; reference standards. B. Section 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. C. Section 01740 - WARRANTIES: Requirements for product warranties. 1.03 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Bidders shall NOT request approval for substitutions prior to the Bid Date. All substitution requests shall be reviewed during the preconstruction phase of the Work. After commencing construction, substitution request will be considered only for the following reasons. 1. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. 2. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. 3. A substitute product will be in the Owner's best interest. B. Substitutions will not be considered for items indicated as "no substitution." C. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, reference to any material or patented process by trade name, make or catalog number, when coupled with the words "or equal" or "or approved," shall be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. When two or more manufactures are listed for an item, the products submittals must be by one of the listed manufactures. January 1999 01630- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD01630.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01630 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSTITUTIONS CONSTRUCTION SET D. Review , 1. Substitutions are not allowed unless approved by the Engineer and Owner and incorporated into the Contract by Contract Change procedures. 2. Owner may accept or reject substitution requests, in whole or in part. E. Requests for substitutions will only be considered if the Contractor submits the following: 1. Complete substitution request form, attached at the end of this section. 2. Complete technical data including Drawings, complete performance Specifications, test data, and samples of the article proposed for substitution. Submit additional information if required by the Engineer or the Owner's Representative. 3. Similar data as above for item to be deleted by proposed substitution. 4. Complete breakdown of costs indicating the cost amount to be deducted from the Contract if the proposed substitution is accepted. 5. List, with addresses, projects in the area where proposed substitution has been used previously and successfully in a similar application. Include length of time the installation has been in service and names and addresses of Owner and Engineer. 6. Statement by Contractor that the proposed substitution is in full compliance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. 7. List of other trades (if any) which may be affected by the substitution. F. When a substitution is incorporated into the Contract by Change Order, the Contractor shall: 1. Coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 2. Waive claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent, and agree to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. January 1999 01630-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD01630.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01630 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSTITUTIONS CONSTRUCTION SET G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, and not formally submitted as described above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED i% IJanuary 1999 01630-3 \0 I 4002\2220\wp\S DOI 630.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01630 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSTITUTIONS CONSTRUCTION SET SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Project Name: Surface Water Management Project Project Number: W —989049-00 Submitted By: Firm: Date Submitted Address:. Telephone No. Fax No. Contact Person: SPECIFIED PRODUCT/MATERIAL/SYSTEM PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE REFERENCE: Specifications Section Paragraph No. Drawing Number Details of Section No.(s) 1. REASON FOR NOT GIVING PRIORITY TO SPECIFIED ITEM: 2. Will substitution affect dimensions indicated on drawings? If yes, attach complete data. ❑ Yes ❑ No 3. Will substitution affect other materials and systems? If yes, attach complete data. ❑ Yes ❑ No 4. What affect will substitution have on other trades? Fill in the blanks and attach complete description, designation, catalog, or model number, and technical data, including laboratory tests for proposed substitutions if applicable. 5. Will substitutions require redesign work? If yes, attach complete data. ❑ Yes ❑ No 6. Will the undersigned agree to pay Owner for architectural/engineering costs, required to revise the drawings and/or specifications to allow use of this product: ❑ Yes ❑ No CM Procedure, May 1997 B ��OEIN 1 LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01630 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSTITUTIONS CONSTRUCTION SET Use'a separafe forrii for each sub s#itu#ion4requestPg . . 7. Manufacturer's warranties of the specified items and proposed items are: (explain) ❑ Same ❑ Different 8, SAVINGS OR CREDIT TO OWNER FOR ACCEPTING SUBSTITUTE: Dollars 9. In addition to the"Comparisons" listed in page 3, the attached data is furnished to support evaluation of substitute. ❑ Catalog ❑ Drawings ❑ Samples ❑ Tests ❑ Other 10. Certification: THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION HAS BEEN FULLY CHECKED AND COORDINATED WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. By:_ Date: 11. REVIEW COMMENTS: ❑ Accepted ❑ Not Accepted ❑ Accepted as noted ❑ Received too late Resubmittal Required: ❑ Yes ❑ No. Remarks: Accepted by: CM Procedure, May 1997 rBOEINI; LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01630 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSTITUTIONS CONSTRUCTION SET ACCEPTANCE IS GIVEN SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Use a separate form for each substitution request. ,G . �u ". Environmental Restrictions: Outside air temperature Inside air temperature 12. Comparisons: Fill in applicable characteristics. Relative humidity Wind load SPECIFIED PRODUCT Snow load Equipment loads Product Characteristics Moisture tests required Flammability: Smoke Density Fuel Contributed Other Differences: Flame Spread Moisture,Absorption Elasticity_ Availability: Water Resistance Cost: Substrate Compatibility PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION Installation On: Concrete Product Characteristics Steel Frame Flammability: Wood Studs Smoke Density Drywall. Fuel Contributed Flame Spread Test Reports Moisture Absorption Is exact condition covered? Elasticity Rated assembly(yes/no) Water Resistance Restrictions: Substrata: Floor_ Substrate Compatibility Roof_ Installation On: Wall (non-rated) Concrete Wall (rated) Steel Frame Wood Studs Drywall Structure: Test Reports Wood_ Is exact condition covered? Concrete Rated assembly(yes/no) Curtain Wall Restrictions: Substrate: Floor_ CM Procedure, May 1997 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK 01630 SECTION SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSTITUTIONS CONSTRUCTION SET Roof Wall (non-rated) Wall (rated) Structure: Wood Concrete Curtain Wall Environmental Restrictions: Outside air temperature Inside air temperature Relative humidity Wind load Snow load Equipment loads Moisture tests required Other Differences: Availability: Cost: -END OF SECTION - CM Procedure, May 1997 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Final cleaning. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days of commencing final cleaning for each portion of the site, submit to the Owner's Representative the final cleaning schedule and procedures proposed for that portion of the site. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. C. Equipment 1. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. 2. Vacuum inside of cabinets. 3. Wipe down and remove dust and other construction debris from the inside and outside of all equipment. 4. Wash cabinets and similar surfaces with soap and water. D. Replace filters of mechanical equipment. E. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. F. Clean catch basins, swales and piping. G. Remove waste and surplus materials rubbish and d construction facilities from the Project and from the site. H. Clean storm drainag e system six months after project completion, vactor out storm drainage system to remove accumulated debris from the drainage swales and to clean the catch basins. January 1999 01710- 1 W14002\2220\..p\sD01710 OC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01710 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT FINAL CLEANING CONSTRUCTION SET I. Should additional construction operations occur after final cleaning is performed, additional final cleaning shall be performed to ensure that the site is clean on the Project Completion Date. J. Refer to technical sections for additional special requirements for final cleaning. K. Air clean outside of pipe in the vaults. Vacuum and sweep the interior of all r vaults. L. Sweep or wash, as directed by Owner's Representative, Helistop Facility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION NOT USED - END OF SECTION - January 1999 01710-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01710.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for maintaining Project Record Documents at site. B. Submittal of Project Record Documents during and at completion of Project. 1.02 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain and store a complete set of record documents in field office which clearly and neatly indicate all changes in red ink from the Contract Documents, and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently concealed. Record documents shall include: 1. Record Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders, Design Change Notices, and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Field Orders and other written instructions, including Requests for Information (RFI). 6. Accepted Shop Drawings and other submittals. j7. Field test records. B. Record documents shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separate from those used for construction. C. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Specifications: Mark Specifications legibly and record at each product section a description of actual products installed. Include the manufacturer's name, product, model and number. ' January 1999 01720- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDOI720.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01720 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT PROJECT RECORD CONSTRUCTION SET DOCUMENTS E. Record Drawings 1. Record information on the record drawings in a clearly legible manner, utilizing the symbols of the contract documents. Label each document PROJECT RECORD. Work shall be performed by a skilled draftsperson capable of preparing Drawings clearly in an understandable format. 2. Provide additional Drawings as necessary for clarification. 3. Indicate exact installed locations and dimensions of all Work. 4. Record all deviations from the products, sizes, locations, and configurations indicated in the Contract Documents. Include all changes made by Change Order. 5. Locations of underground Work shall be established by coordinates, properly referenced centerline or invert elevations and rates of fall. Locations shall be recorded while utilities are visible from the surface, prior to backfilling operations. F. Prior to approving each Payment Request, the Owner's Representative reserves the right to inspect the Record Documents. The Payment Request may not be approved until the Record Documents are current to the date of the Payment Request, and are neatly arranged and legible. G. Submittal , 1. At Contract Closeout, submit project Record Documents with a transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. 2. Submit Record Documents directly to the Owner's Representative. 3. Submit one copy of each Record Drawing which modifies elements which are delineated on the Contract Documents. The copy will be transmitted to the Architect by the Owner's Representative for updating of Contract Documents under separate Contract. H. As a condition for acceptance of the Work and final payment, submit certification that the Project Record Documents are an accurate representation of the Work as installed. January 1999 01720-2 \0I4002\2220\wpWO1720.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01720 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT PROJECT RECORD CONSTRUCTION SET DOCUMENTS PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED -END OF SECTION- jJanuary 1999 01720-3 \0 1 4002\2 220\wp\S DOI 720.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for the following: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Architectural Product Information Manuals. 3. Training Owner's of O ' personnel. i1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01740 - WARRANTIES: Requirements for warranties. B. Section 01770 - FINAL COMMISSIONING: Submittal of commissioning plan, which includes instruction of Owner's Personnel. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit to the Owner's Representative, one copy of each manual prior to 30 working days before final inspection. B. Submit a list, including a brief description, of all required training sessions for Owner's personnel, integrate the training schedule with the testing schedule to meet the project milestones. C. The Owner's Representative will review the submitted copy, and will return the reviewed copy with comments before final inspection. Make corrections as required to meet Contract requirements. D. Submit four complete sets of the final revised copies to the Owner's P P Representative within ten days after final inspection. E. The Owner shall have the right to withhold or reduce final payment until Operations and Maintenance Manuals and Architectural Product Information Manuals have been received and accepted by the Owner, and Instruction of Owner's personnel has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. January 1999 01730- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SDO 1730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 t SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide operation and maintenan ce nce manuals for: 1. Special equipment and electrical equipment and controls -Division 13 and 16. B. Quality Assurance Requirements 1. Personnel trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of the equipment or system involved shall direct the preparation of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Where written instructions are required, use personnel skilled in technical writing. 3. Where drawings or diagrams are required, use skilled drafters capable of preparing drawings clearly in an understandable format. C. Arrange operations and maintenance manuals by system,stem, unless approved PP otherwise by the Owner's Representative. D. Subdivide each binder contents with permanent page dividers, organized as described below: 1. Title page 2. Table of Contents 3. Directory 4. Operation and maintenance instructions, including the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. Equipment list. C. Parts list. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions, equipment. f. Maintenance instructions, finishes. January 1999 01730-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD01730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA 5. Project Documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop Drawings. s. b. Product data. C. Certificates. d. Photocopies of warranties, guarantees, and service agreements. e. Coordination Drawings. E. Special Requirements for each portion of the manual: 1. Title Page: Provide a title page in a transparent plastic envelope as the first sheet of each manual, with the following information. a. Subject matter covered by manual. b. Volume number. C. Name and address of the Project. d. Date of submittal. e. Owner's Job number, to be determined. 2. Table of Contents: List the contents of each binder. Where more than one volume is required for each system, provide a comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. 3. Directory: Include the following: a. Name, address, and telephone number of the Contractor. b. Name and address of the Engineer. C. Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractors and suppliers performing the Work covered in the volume. 4. Equipment list: a. Name of manufacturer. January 1999 01730-3 W14002\2220\wp\SD01730.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 t SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA b. Model number. C. Serial number of each component. d. Equipment identification number. 5. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine service and maintenance requirements. b. Trouble-shooting guide. C. Repair and adjustment procedures. d. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 6. Operating Procedures: Include the following as applicable: a. Start-up procedures. b. Break-in procedures. C. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Instructions on stopping. f. Shut-down and emergency instructions. g. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. i. Special operating instructions. 7. Product Data: Include only sheets that are pertinent to the part or product installed. Clearly mark each sheet to exactly identify each part or product included in the installation. Delete references to information that is not applicable. Use manufacturer's current product literature. January 1999 01730-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD01730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA 8. Warranties, Guarantees, and Service Contracts: Provide a copy of each Warranty, Guarantee, or Service Contract in the appropriate manual. Include procedures to be followed in the event of product failure, and circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of the Warranty, Guarantee, or Service Contract. F. Binding Requirements 1. Compile operation and maintenance manuals in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, sized to receive 8-1/2" x I I" paper. Provide pockets in the covers to receive folded sheets. 2. Provide a clear plastic sleeve on the spine, to hold volume label. Label shall be typed or printed, and shall read "SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE DEVELOPMENT - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL - OWNER'S JOB NUMBER TBD," and shall list the subject matter covered in the binder, and the volume number, if applicable. 3. Dividers: Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate Section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. 4. Protective Plastic Jackets: Provide protective transparent plastic jackets designed to enclose diagnostic software for computerized electronic equipment. 5. Text: Where written text is required, the text shall be neatly typewritten, on 8-1/2 x 11 , 20 pound white bond paper. 6. Drawings: Where Drawings or Diagrams are required as part of the manual, provide reinforced punched binder tabs on the Drawings and bind in with the text. 7. Where oversize Drawings are necessary, fold the Drawings to the same size as the text pages and use as a fold-out. 8. If Drawings are too large to be used practically as a fold-out, place the Drawing, neatly folded, in the front or rear pocket of the binder. Insert a typewritten page indicating the Drawing title, description of contents and Drawing location at the appropriate location in the manual. January 1999 01730-5 \014002\2220\wp\SDO1730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA G. Written Text: Where manufacturer's standard printed data is not available, and information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems, or it is necessary to provide additional information to supplement data included in the manual, prepare written text to provide necessary information. Organize the text in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. Where necessary, provide a logical sequence of instruction for each operating or maintenance procedure. H. Drawings: Provide specially prepared Drawings where necessary to supplement manufacturer's printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment or systems, or to provide control or flow diagrams. Coordinate these Drawings with information contained in Project Record Drawings to assure correct illustration of the completed installation. 1.05 ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCT INFORMATION MANUAL A. Provide a manual containing product information and maintenance procedures for the architectural finish materials and moisture protection membranes used in the Project. B. Provide product information for architectural finishes specified in Divisions 9, 10, and 12. Provide product information for moisture protection membranes specified in Division 7. C. Include the following in the Manual: 1. Title page. 2. Table of Contents. 3. Directory. 4. Product information for architectural finishes. 5. Product information for moisture protection membranes. D. The title page, table of contents, and directory shall be as specified for Operation and Maintenance Manuals. E. Product Information for Architectural Finishes: Provide complete manufacturer's information on architectural finish material, including the following, as applicable. 1. Manufacturer's product number. January 1999 01730-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD01730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA 2. Size. 3. Material composition. description and P 4. Color, pattern, and texture. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance and repair instructions, including the following: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. b. Cleaning agents and methods that could damage the product. C. Manufacturer's recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. d. Repair procedures. F. Product Information for Moisture Protection Membranes: Provide complete manufacturer's data for products exposed to the weather or designed for moisture-protection purposes, including the following, as applicable: 1. Applicable standards. 2. Chemical composition. 3. Installation details. 4. Inspection procedures. 5. Maintenance and repair information. 6. Guarantee information. G. Bind the product information manual similar to the Operations and Maintenance Manual. H. Refer to individual Specification Sections for additional requirements for each material and System. January 1999 01730-7 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDO1730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01730 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT OPERATION AND CONSTRUCTION SET MAINTENANCE DATA 1.06 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL - TRAINING A. Prior to PROJECT COMPLETION, instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. Provide instruction at mutually agreed upon times. B. Use experienced personnel trained and experienced in the operation and maintenance of the building equipment or system involved. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment or system as the basis of instruction. Review contents in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Refer to the individual technical Sections for additional requirements for instruction of Owner's personnel. E. Instruction session are to be grouped by related sections. PART 2 -PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION NOT USED -END OF SECTION - t January 1999 01730-8 \014002\2220\wp\SD01730.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01740 rWARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for warranties. 1.02 RELATED SECTION A. Section 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: Inclusion of warranties. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES A. Furnish duplicate and notarized copies of each manufacturer warranty Y executed to Owner. B. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents prepared by each manufacturer. C. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. D. Include copies with Operation and Maintenance Manuals, as specified in Section 01730. E. Submit warranty materials prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit warranty within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond project completion, furnish warranty within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. F. All parts, equipment, components and systems shall be warranted for a minimum of one year from Project Completion. Provide longer warranty periods as specified in each section or as standard with the manufacturer, whichever is longer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED January 1999 01740- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD01740.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01740 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WARRANTIES CONSTRUCTION SET PART 3 -EXECUTION r NOT USED - END OF SECTION - r r r r r r r r r r r r January 1999 01740-2 \014002\2220\wpkSDo1740.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 01770 FINAL COMMISSIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Final Commissioning plan. B. Documentation of performance and final acceptance of all equipment. C. Documentation of training of Owner's personnel. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: Instruction of Owner's personnel. B. Section 13150 — LAKE CONSTRUCTION: Testing and checkout of Lake System. 1.03 OBJECTIVES A. The intent of final commissioning is to demonstrate and document the full operational abilities of each piece of equipment- 1.04 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. A minimum of 90 working days prior to beginning final closeout procedures, submit to the Owner's Representative for approval, a comprehensive written commissioning plan which shall include the following: 1. A description of each system and its operation, including one-line diagrams. 2. A list of all acceptance, start up, and operational tests required by the Contract Documents. 3. A testing schedule, integrated with the construction schedule, to meet the Project Milestone Dates. 4. Step by step test procedures, complete with acceptance documentation and checklists. 5. Recommended tests beyond what is specified in the Contract Documents. January 1999 01770- 1 \014002\222rnwp\sDo1770.noc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 01770 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT FINAL COMMISSIONING CONSTRUCTION SET 6. A listing of all firms, manufactures and agencies which will perform the final commissioning. B. Commissioning plan shall be developed for all operating equipment, including the following: 1. Mechanical equipment and systems. 2. Electrical equipment and systems. 1.05 COMMISSIONING A. Perform commissioning activities in accordance with the approved plan, and as specified in other Sections. B. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Owner's Representative. All commissioning activities must be witnessed and accepted by the Owner's Commissioning team. C. After completion of commissioning activities, submit a commissioning report which shall include the following: 1. Test results, including all deficiencies discovered, for each , component or system. 2. List of all Owner's personnel witnessing each test. 3. Proposed corrective action for all deficient components or systems. D. Submit documentation of completion of all corrective action for deficient components or systems. Documentation shall include the same information required in Paragraph 1.05 C. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED - END OF SECTION - January 1999 01770-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDO1770.DOC r BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02010 SUBSURFACE/SURFACE EXPLORATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Information regarding subsurface conditions and the Contractor's responsibilities. 1.02 RELATED REPORTS A. "Report — Supplemental Geotechnical Engineering Services, CSTC Pond Expansion, Boeing Longacres Park, Renton, Washington," January 22, 1999, GeoEngineers, Inc.. B. "Report — Supplemental Hydrogeologic Services, Surface Water Management Project, Boeing Longacres Park, Renton, Washington," January 22, 1999, GeoEngineers, Inc.. C. "Report - Geotechnical Engineering and Hydrogeologic Services, CSTC Pond Expansion, Boeing Longacres Park, Renton, Washington," April 23, 1998, GeoEngineers, Inc.. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Subsurface borings and test pits and were performed for this project. Locations of borings and test pits are indicated in the geotechnical reports. Monitoring wells and dewatering test wells were installed and are indicated in the geotechnical reports. The wells are also shown on the Construction Documents. B. Accuracy of report information is guaranteed only within the limits of the samples recovered from the test sites. The Contractor shall make his own conclusions and interpretations from the data supplied and from information available from other sources, including performing additional field investigations as necessary. C. Contractor shall locate existing utilities as specified herein. January 1999 02010- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD02010.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUBSURFACE/ CONSTRUCTION SET SURFACE EXPLORATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED , -END OF SECTION - January 1999 02010-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD02010.D0C r BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02060 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Demolition of designated structures and removal of materials from site. B. Demolition and removal of foundations, slabs-on-grade, paving, and curbs. C. Disconnectingand removal of identified and unidentified located through � g discussed methodology, utilities. D. Removal of underground tanks and piping. E. Removal of ornamental and other trees with a diameter greater than 6 inches, all other trees to be removed in accordance with Section 02110 of this Specification. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02110 - SITE CLEARING: Clearing site of plant life, trees, grass, and shrubs; including roots. B. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING: Backfilling of excavations, removed foundations, and removed utilities. C. Section 02225 - TRENCHING: Procedure for interferences with unknown utilities. D. Section 02229 - ROCK REMOVAL: Removal of large buried rocks encountered during demolition. E. Section 02771 - SITE EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, a Work Plan which details the Contractor's procedures for all activities to be carried out during the course of the Contract including but not limited to scheduling, demolition sequence, debris hauling and disposal, fire prevention, water and sewer system termination sequence, wetlands and environmental protection, worker safety, protecting the public, traffic control, site access, and means and methods to minimize waste and maximize salvage. January 1999 02060- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02060.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET , B. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, certification of quantity of material delivered to the lined landfill or to recyclers and original location of all products of demolition. The form for this shall be approved prior to use by the Owner's Representative prior to beginning Work. C. Submit a plan to the Seattle Water Department for protective fencing and pipe protection at any anticipated crossing points along the 60-inch Cedar ' River Pipeline No. 4 waterline. This plan shall be submitted to Mr. Dave Garrison, (206) 684-5903, of the Seattle Water Department. Concurrently submit a copy to the Owner's Representative, in accordance with Section j 01300. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. B. Accuratelyrecord actual locations of capped utilities subsurface PP obstructions, and other items encountered but not removed. C. Submit with information obtained from locating service before acceptance of the Work of this Section. D. Keep accurate records of all materials disposed off the project site. Record material description, date removed from site, number of truckloads, quantity, and disposal location. Person obtaining information and recording same shall print his name on an approved form. Provide records weekly to the Owner's Representative. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Demolition Firm: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control, runoff control, and disposal. B. Obtain required permits from authorities. January 1999 02060-2 \0l4002\2220\wp\SDO206o.Doc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET C. Notify affected utility companies before starting Work and comply with their rrequirements. A partial list includes: Boeing Facilities Bart Heath 206.662.7466 City of Renton Utilities Water Abdoul Gafour 277-6210 Sewer Dave Christensen 277-6212 Maintenance Ray Fled 235-2646 Olympic Pipeline Co. Frank Hopf 235-7736 Puget Sound Energy Karen Sharp 395-6927 Seattle Water Dept. Dave Garrison 684-5903 US West Communications Frank Forrest 345-2968 D. Do not close or obstruct roadways or hydrants without obtaining permits. Coordinate and schedule all Work with Owner's Representative. The ' Contractor's vehicles will not be allowed to use SW 16th Street between Longacres Drive and Oakesdale Avenue, or any of the improved, private Longacres Site roadways. The contractor shall not utilize or block the Helistop Site or its access road. E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered, and contact the Owner's Representative without delay. t1.07 SCHEDULING A. Schedule Work in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. B. Schedule Work to precede site excavation. C. Submit written description of demolition removal procedures and schedule at pre-construction conference. D. Schedule demolition of storm drainage systems serving existing facilities such that existing facilities are not backwatered or flooded. Divert existing piped flows from project site to prevent unintended inundation of work. E. Perform Work between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m., 7 days a week. January 1999 02060-3 \0I4002M20\wp\SD02060AOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCE A. Temporary Chain Link Fence: As specified in Section 02771. r 2.02 FILL MATERIALS A. Fill Material: Gravel Backfill Class B, or S 1 material when suitable as specified in Section 02223. 2.03 HYDROSEEDING A. Hydroseeding: As specified in Section 02771. PART 3 -EXECUTION , 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices at locations of all entrances to the site and as indicated on project Drawings. B. Protect existing trees, landscaping materials, appurtenances, structures, and utilities which are not to be demolished. Store landscaping materials as indicated on the drawings and as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. An existing 115 kVA Puget Sound Energy transmission line traverses the eastern edge of Oakesdale Ave SW, running from the SW 16th Street Bridge to the south then westward across the Longacres Office Park Site. Two additional high voltage power distribution lines, belonging to Puget Sound Energy and Seattle City Light, cross the Longacres Office Park Site in an east-west orientation, parallel to the Olympic Pipeline corridor. These transmission lines and all appurtenances shall be protected. The Contractor shall exercise due care to prevent equipment from encountering the power lines. If guy wires are in the way of work the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least two weeks prior to required relocation and ' shall coordinate with Puget Sound Energy to ensure continued operation of the lines. D. In the vicinityof the 115 kVA line crossing, the City of Seattle 60-inch g Y Cedar River Pipeline No. 4 water distribution pipeline traverses the project site. The Contractor shall take care in working around the line to avoid N damage to the water line. This pipeline has minimal cover. The 60-inch water line shall be fenced as necessary prior to the start of demolition to , prevent the accidental crossing of the 60-inch water line. All crossing points January 1999 02060-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD02060AOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET by the Contractor over the 60-inch water line must be approved by the Seattle Water Department in advance. The fencing protecting the 60-inch water line shall be temporary chain link fence as specified in Part 2 above. Refer to Paragraph 1.03.C, Submittals, for Protection Plan submittal requirement for the Seattle Water Department. E. Prior to the start of demolition, the Contractor shall locate the critical control valves for the 60-inch Seattle Water waterline, the City of Renton's waterlines, and the manholes for the METRO sanitary sewers. The Contractor shall have all necessary tools and equipment on-site at all times and have the required utility contact person identified to shut off the lines or plug the sanitary sewer at the manholes should the lines be damaged during the demolition activities. F. Olympic Pipeline Company operates 12-inch and 14-inch petroleum products pipeline near the south end of the project site. The Contractor shall protect these facilities from damage at all times. iG. The Contractor shall place protection around all storm drain inlets and catch basins within the limits of demolition prior to the start of demolition to prevent sediment laden water from entering the storm drainage system. All wetlands and wetland buffers shown on the plans within the limits of demolition shall be fenced to prevent access. H. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary. I. Mark location of all utilities and mark locations of capped utilities with a surface indicator stating type of service, shutoff valve location (if 1 applicable), and utility invert elevation. J. Mark cut-off limits of all pavement and curbs scheduled to remain and provide a clean cut-off joint by sawing or other techniques as appropriate. Any breakage beyond the cut-off limit shall be repaired with like materials immediately. 3.02 DEMOLITION REOUIREMENTS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures. B. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify Owner's Representative. Do not resume operations until directed. C. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses. Fire department access to existing improvements shall be maintained at all rJanuary 1999 02060-5 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02060.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET times. Access roads subject to fire department apparatus shall be capable of supporting said vehicles at all times. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. D. Sprinkle Work with water as necessary to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for this purpose. Water is available from on-site fire hydrants, however the Contractor must coordinate with and pay the City of Renton for use of this water. The Contractor must also install a City of Renton approved water meter at each hydrant connection point to monitor the amount of water used. E. Provide Erosion/Sedimentation control in accordance with the Drawings and Section 02771 of these Specifications prior to starting excavation for , removal of buried items, or foundation removal as detailed on the Contract Drawings. F. Prevent unintended inundation of work duringdemolition of existing g drainage facilities. 3.03 DEMOLITION A. Disconnect, remove or cap and identify designated utilities within demolition areas. Plug existing pipes as indicated in accordance with WSDOT, Section 7-08.3 (4). B. Remove foundation walls and footings completely, including concrete slabs covered by up to 12 inches of previous demolition debris and soil, within project limits. C. Remove concrete slabs-on-grade. D. Remove fence post footings and other miscellaneous structure footings as discovered. E. Empty buried tanks located within demolition area. Remove buried tanks, components, and piping from site in accordance with the 1991 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). F. Remove trees, shrubs and sod within the demolition area, as detailed on the 1 Drawings. G. Remove materials to be reinstalled or retained in manner to prevent damage. , Store and protect in accordance with requirements of Section 01600. January 1999 02060-6 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02060.DOC 1 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET H. Backfill areas excavated, open pits, and holes caused by demolition, in accordance with Section 02223. I. Rough-grade and compact areas (to 90% of maximum) effected by demolition to maintain existing site grades, contours, and drainage. J. Remove demolished materials from site, or reuse materials on site as directed by the Owner's Representative. K. Do not burn or bury materials on site. Leave site in clean condition. L. Remove temporary Work. M. Remove roots of all trees. N. Remove all rocks greater than one-third cubic yard in size in accordance with Section 02229. 3.04 RECYCLING A. To the extent practicable, the Contractor shall demonstrate advance planning which reduces waste, uses on-site scrap and waste, and which maximizes reuse and recycling. ' B. The Contractor shall coordinate with material recyclers to attempt to maximize the recycling of wastes from this project. C. As directed in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain receipts with required information noted and initialed, and shall pay all costs for collection, separation, transportation, transfer, and disposal. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. All debris not recycled from Construction, Demolition, and Landclearing (CDL) shall be disposed of at approved sites as specified by the Boeing "Special Conditions, SC-06 Disposal of Construction, Demolition and Landclearing (CDL) Debris". B. All wood waste from the existing structures is contaminated with lead-based paint and shall be disposed of in accordance with Paragraph A. above. iJanuary 1999 02060-7 \014002\2220\wp\SDO2060.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02060 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION CONSTRUCTION SET 3.06 VERIFICATION , A. After completing demolition of utilities and structures and marking locations of items, as herein specified, Contractor shall utilize the services of a locating service to identify remaining underground utilities and hidden structures (Locating, Inc. of Issaquah, Washington, or approved equal). Remove all materials so identified. B. If, during the course of construction, additional utilities or interferences are located, utilize the procedure specified in Section 02225, Paragraph 3.03. C. Add obtained information to Project Record Documents and submit to the Owner's Representative for review, and perform additional demolition, ' capping, and backfill as directed, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Update Project Record Documents to reflect final condition and locations. E. If, during the course of construction, contaminated soils are discovered, , notify Owner's Representative immediately. - END OF SECTION - i 1 1 1 January 1999 02060-8 \014002\2220\wp\SDO2060.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Remove surface debris, including bark, wood chips, hay, and similar materials. ' B. Clear site of plant life and grass. C. Remove trees and shrubs. D. Remove root system of trees and shrubs. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02060-DEMOLITION B. Section 02205 - SOIL MATERIALS C. Section 02229 - ROCK REMOVAL 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, Certification of quantity of material delivered and original location of all products before removal from site. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for disposal of debris and use of herbicides. B. Coordinate proposed Schedule of clearing Work with the Owner's Representative and utility companies. ' C. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardo us or contaminated materials are discovered, and contact the Owner's Representative without delay. January 1999 02110- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD02110DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02110 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE CLEARING CONSTRUCTION SET , PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stump Inhibitor: "Stump Remover" by Dexol. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Tagand identify with Owner's Representative existing plant life, that is , Y P g designated to remain. B. Prepare a location within the site for temporary storage of plant life, designated to remain, that must be temporarily removed and stored. Ensure that the storage site is suitable for the plant life and the planned duration of storage. 3.02 PROTECTION , A. Locate, identify, and protect from damage utilities that are scheduled to remain. Provide surface identification to clearly identify the type, depth, and size of the service. B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain or to be relocated, as final landscaping. C. Protect benchmarks and existing structures from damage or displacement. 3.03 CLEARING ' A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. B. Remove trees and shrubs indicated. Remove stumps and main root ball. Strip grass, sod and low lying vegetation to a depth of six inches below , existing grade unless otherwise noted. C. Apply stump inhibitor to remaining roots to inhibit growth in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Clear undergrowth and deadwood, without unduly disturbing subsoil. January 1999 02110-2 \014002\2220\wp\sDO2110 OC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02110 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE CLEARING CONSTRUCTION SET ' 3.04 REMOVAL A. Remove debris, rock and extracted plant life from site. See Section 02060, Paragraph 3.05 A for approved disposal locations and methods. See Section 02229 for rock removal. B. Topsoil removed during site clearing will be stockpiled on site (as directed by the Owner's Representative) if it meets the requirements for Soil Type S 1 in Section 02205. C. Following clearing operations, remove all debris remaining from previous barn demolition project. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 02110-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD02110.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02140 DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water Control. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02010 - SUBSURFACE/SURFACE EXPLORATION 1 B. Section 02222 - EXCAVATING: Excavation protection for excavating and trenching. C. Section 02771 - SITE EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 1.03 REFERENCES Washington Administrative Code (WAC) ' A. Chapter 173-160 Standards for Construction and Maintenance of Wells ' B. Chapter 173-162 Regulations and Licensing of Well Contractors and Operators C. Chapter 296-155 Safety Standards for Construction Work, Part N - Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring 1.04 GENERAL A. Refer to Geotechnical Reports referenced in Section 02010. The site will be subject to a high water table during portions of the Work. Prepare a Work Plan for excavations that require dewatering. Provide sufficient equipment, labor, and material to implement the Work plan. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to plan for, design, and implement dewatering of the site, so that Work may proceed without delay. Delay of Work due to unforeseen or unusually high precipitation or water table shall not occur and will not be allowed. January 1999 02140- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD02140DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02140 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEWATERING CONSTRUCTION SET , C. During periods of anticipated rainfall or high water table, prepare site before work progress is affected. Grade site to drain and prevent entry or collection of runoff water in excavations and low-lying areas. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site ' from soil erosion. See Section 02771 for additional details. D. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping ' equipment. Provide sufficient equipment to dewater all work areas to be used during any work shift. In addition, provide additional pumping equipment and personnel, sufficient to add to or replace insufficient or , damaged equipment and/or to adequately respond to emergencies, without delaying the Work. E. Refer to Section 02222. Design, furnish, and install protection in , excavations and trenches as specified. In conditions where the potential ' exists for movement of the ground by sloughing or liquefaction, remove all persons from the excavation until it has been protected against possible hazards. Conform to WAC, Chapter 296-155. ' F. Contractor shall plan for, direct, and accomplish dewatering in such a manner as not to adversely impact existing Work, existing structures or features, or Work in progress. 1.05 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Equipment: Submit information describing the equipment proposed for use in dewatering. Include the number of units, size, capacity, head, and power source. C. Work Plan: For each excavation which requires dewatering, submit a sketch describing how the excavation is to be dewatered. List the location, describe , relevant details and Drawing numbers, number and capacity of equipment to be used, and describe length of time anticipated for completion of installation. The Work Plan shall indicate to where pumped water will be directed and, if it does not meet water quality standards specified or detailed in the Construction Permit, to what alternate discharge location it will be directed. The Work Plan shall include the anticipated volume of discharge, the duration of pumping, the water quality, and pre-treatment design when required. January 1999 02140-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD02140.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02140 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEWATERING CONSTRUCTION SET Do not plan to use a piece of equipment in more than one location per work shift, unless Work is completed in the first location and workers will not return to the location during the shift. In addition to describing normal activities, the Work Plan shall describe an Emergency Plan, to be put into effect in cases of extreme weather, as determined by the Owner's Representative. Within the Work Plan the Contractor shall identify the individual that will be responsible for maintaining the dewatering process. 1.06 WATER QUALITY ' A. The contractor shall collect daily grab samples at the discharge point and deliver the samples to the test lab for analysis daily. B. The act of discharge of water and the quality of the water discharged shall g q Y g comply with WAC 173-160, and the Work Plan. C. The Owner's Representative shall provide daily reports for each discharge point. D. If any measurement exceeds the daily limits described in Paragraph 3.03(B), ' the laboratory shall immediately notify the Contractor. E. If water quality tests determine that discharge exceeds any allowable limits referred to herein, Contractor shall furnish to the Owner's Representative a plan to correct the problems, and shall make all changes required or as directed by the Owner's Representative in his sole opinion. ' F. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative the name of a single individual per shift, who shall monitor the flow of water and the level of water in the monitoring wells and discharge pipes, and collect the daily grab samples. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall select a dewatering firm with five years of documented ' experience in successfully completing Work essentially identical to that herein specified, said firm to submit proof of licensing in accordance with WAC 173-162. B. The Contractor shall submit qualifications of dewatering firm to the Owner's Representative for review and approval, within 15 days after receiving Notice to Proceed. ' January 1999 02140-3 \014002\22M p\SD02140.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02140 i SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEWATERING CONSTRUCTION SET ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PUMPING AND DEWATERING EQUIPMENT A. Submit proposed equipment as specified herein, for the review and approval of the Owner's Representative. 2.02 MONITORING WELLS , A. Use methods and materials in accordance with WAC 173-160, and as , reviewed and approved by the Owner's Representative, as part of the Work Plan. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL , A. Provide a safe work site for workers, inspectors, and all persons who may ' have occasion to enter the site. B. Anticipate, plan for, provide equipment and labor for, and execute , dewatering, to allow all Work of this Contract to proceed without delay. Provide and install swales, berms, plastic sheeting or tarpaulins to protect open excavations from precipitation and runoff, as required. , C. When compaction of wet material may be required, anticipate, plan for, and submit proposed methods and materials to be used in completing the Work. D. At the direction of the Owner's Representative, adjust dewatering operations to accomplish directed results. Provide additional or larger equipment and , additional personnel as directed by the Owner's Representative when, in his sole opinion, capacity of equipment or workforce is insufficient to achieve the proposed Work operation. ' E. If overland flow of water or rainfall runoff causes damage to existing Work or Work in progress due to inadequacy of dewatering equipment, personnel, or planning and preparedness, Contractor shall repair or replace damaged Work and structures at no cost to the Owner. , 3.02 WELL INSTALLATION A. Install wells, place monitoring equipment, and monitor groundwater levels in accordance with the approved Work Plan. January 1999 02140-4 \014002U220\wp\SDO2140.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02140 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT DEWATERING CONSTRUCTION SET B. At project close-out, or as directed by the Owner's Representative, remove equipment and abandon wells in accordance with WAC 173-160. I C. Remove well casings while injecting approved mixture of bentonite/portland cement grout slurry. Clean downstream catch basins and pipes and notify the Owner's Representative to request inspection. ' 3.03 DEWATERING METHODS AND REOUIREMENTS A. Preliminary analysis of the subsurface water quality indicates that ground water is generally of good quality, but may require pretreatment for aeration and turbidity. B. Water discharged to existing wetlands or Springbrook Creek shall meet Washington State Department of Ecology Class A Water Quality Standards and shall have the following characteristics: 1. Maximum Temperature: 12.4 degrees C. 2. pH between 6.5 and 8.5. 3. DO (Dissolved Oxygen) greater than 8.0 mg/l. 4. NTU (Turbidity) less than 5 over readings from Springbrook Creek. 5. Fecal Coliform less than 150 organisms/100 ml. -END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 02140-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD02140.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT 1 CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02205 ' PART 1 - GENERAL SOIL MATERIALS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Subsoil and topsoil materials. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop B. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) C. ASTM D4397 Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications D. WAC 173-303 Dangerous Waste Regulations 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, a 30-pound sample of each type of ' fill being imported to testing laboratory. C. Materials Source: Submit for approval of the Owner's Representative name ' of imported materials suppliers. Provide materials from same source throughout the Work. Change of source requires approval of the Owner's Representative. 1.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. ' B. Tests and analysis of soil material will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material source and retest at no additional cost to Owner. January 1999 02205 - 1 \0I400212220\wp\SD02205.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02205 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION SET D. If tests indicate that the materials do not meet the requirements for "clean" ' materials, as defined by WAC 173-303, the materials shall be removed from the project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Soil Type S 1 (Subsoil): Excavated and re-used material, graded, free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches and debris. Refer to ' Paragraph 2.02 (below). 2.02 USE OF MATERIALS FROM EXCAVATIONS A. Material excavated from the site shall be reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer (Retained by the Owner's Representative), who shall determine if the material can be used for fill Type S 1. B. Notify Owner's Representative to request sample collection and testing. ` C. If on-site material is unsuitable for specified compaction levels, or has , excessive moisture content, or is unable to support all construction equipment, utilize Gravel Backfill, Class A or Class B as fill material, as directed by the Owner's Representative. , 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Retardant: 6-mil, polyethylene, conforming to ASTM D4397. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 STOCKPILING A. Stockpile materials on site at locations designated by the Owner's ' Representative. B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet project schedule and requirements. ' P q P J q C. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent ' mixing. D. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion and ' deterioration of materials. Grade top surface to drain and re-compact, at the end of every work day. , January 1999 02205 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SDO2205.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02205 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION SET E. Provide vapor retardant over all stockpiles held for more than 7 days and during wet weather. 3.02 STOCKPILE CLEANUP A. Remove stockpile, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. B. If a borrow area is indicated, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade 1 site surface to prevent free standing surface water. ' - END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 02205 -3 \014002\2220\wp\SD02205.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02207 ' AGGREGATE MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aggregate materials. B. Fill under slabs-on-grade and pavement. 1.02 REFERENCES ' A. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound (4.54 ' Kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop B. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate ' in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) C. ASTM D4397 Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, ' and Agricultural Applications D. WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (1996 Edition) ' E. WAC 173-303 Dangerous Waste Regulations 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. ' B. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, a 30-pound sample of each type of imported fill to testing laboratory. ' C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers. Provide materials from same source throughout the Work. Change of source requires approval of the Owner's Representative. D. Methods: Submit, for the approval of the Owner's Representative, proposed methods of compaction for different conditions and areas. Include methods for large, open areas; small or limited-access areas; and for critical areas adjacent to sensitive areas or structures. ' January 1999 02207- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp�SD02207.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02207 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT AGGREGATE MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION SET 1.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. ' B. Tests and analysis of aggregate material will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. ' C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material source and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. D. If tests indicate that the materials do not meet the requirements for "clean" materials, as defined by WAC 173-303, the materials shall not be brought ' onto the project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATE MATERIALS , A. Aggregate Grading No. 57: As specified in Section 9-03.1(4) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, and as therein referenced. ' B. Crushed Surfacing Top Course: As specified in Section 9-03.9(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, and as therein referenced. C. Aggregate for Gravel Base: As specified in Section 9-03.10 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, and as therein referenced, with the additional ' requirement that the percent by weight passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than 5.0 percent. D. Fine Aggregate: As specified in Section 9-03.13 "Backfill for Sand Drains" ' of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, and as therein referenced. E. Sand: Ass specified in ASTM C33 for fine aggregate. ' P 2.02 ACCESSORIES ' A. Vapor Retardant: 6-mil, polyethylene, conforming to ASTM D4397. ' B. Herbicide: 'Round-Up", manufactured by Ortho. January 1999 02207 -2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDo2207.DOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02207 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT AGGREGATE MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION SET ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 STOCKPILING A. Stockpile materials on site at location designated by the Owner's Representative. B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet project schedule and requirements. C. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent mixing. D. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion and deterioration of materials. Grade top surface to drain and re-compact, at the end of every work day. E. Provide vapor retardant over all stockpiles held for more than p p o 7 days and ' during wet weather. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, that existing material is compacted as required in these Specifications or to a ' minimum of 90 percent of maximum density and that material is at optimum moisture content, ±2 percent. 3.03 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT A. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate, with compacted thickness as ' shown in the Drawings or in these Specifications. B. Place aggregate in maximum 12-inch layers, unless otherwise noted, and compact utilizing methods previously approved by the Owner's Representative. ' C. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. D. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate as appropriate to ' assist compaction. E. Add water to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, or at the direction of the Owner's Representative, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content. January 1999 02207-3 NOI400z\.2zz0\wp\SD02207.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02207 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT AGGREGATE MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION SET ' F. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction ' equipment. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge. , B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch. ' 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with Section 01400. i B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, ' Method D, or ASTM D2922. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, ' replace and retest. 3.06 SCHEDULE ' A. Fill Under Asphalt and Concrete Pavement 1. Compact subsoil to 95 percent of maximum dry density. ' 2. Aggregate for Gravel Base, thickness as indicated, compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. 3. Crushed Surfacing Top Course, thickness as indicated, compacted to ' 95 percent of maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. ' 3.07 STOCKPILE CLEANUP , A. Remove stockpile, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. January 1999 02207 -4 \014002\2220\wp\SDo2207.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02207 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT AGGREGATE MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION SET B. If a borrow area is indicated, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. -END OF SECTION - 1 ' January 1999 02207-5 \o 1 4002\22 20\wp\SDO2207.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02211 ' ROUGH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Grading, filling, and rough contouring the site for drainage facilities, ponds and roads and trails. Rough grading shall include filling and excavation to subgrade elevation in areas detailed and to the finish landscaping grade (exclusive of slope rounding). ' B. Removal of topsoil and subsoil. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02010 - SUBSURFACE/SURFACE EXPLORATION ' B. Section 02205 - SOIL MATERIALS C. Section 02207 - AGGREGATE MATERIALS D. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING: General area backfilling. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils ' and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop B. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare in accordance with Section 01720. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. C. Contractor shall use the services of a trained drafter in preparing Project Record Documents (red-line mark-ups). Completed Project Record ' Documents shall be clear and legible. Sheets which become unclear shall be replaced by using a new base sheet which shall be re-detailed and re-lettered, to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. January 1999 02211 - 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD02211.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02211 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ROUGH GRADING CONSTRUCTION SET ' D. Accurately record actual locations, sizes, and types of utilities remaining and ' new Work, as-built, by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. Submit Project Record Documents for review and approval of the Owner's Representative. If Documents are incomplete, obtain ' additional ties, dimensions, or information as required by the Owner's Representative. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Work Plan: For the review and approval of the Owner's Representative, ' submit a plan for excavating wet subsoil materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS , 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Soil Type S 1, as specified in Section 02205. B. Fill: Gravel Backfill Class A or B and Crushed Surfacing Base Course, as ' specified in Section 02223. Aggregate for Gravel Base, as specified in Section 02207. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ' A. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as , indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION ' A. Identify and field stake required lines, levels, and contours with a maximum grid of 50 feet each way. Identify high and low points, or as listed below: ' 1. Channel Centerlines and Paved Paths: Stake at 25 feet on center. 2. Perimeter of water bodies: Stake at 25 feet on center. ' B. Stake identify and flag locations of known utilities. ' C. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain from damage. Utilize locating agency; Locating, Inc. of Issaquah, Washington or approved equal. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities shown to be removed ' and relocated by others, as required. January 1999 02211 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SD0221I DOC ' iBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02211 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ROUGH GRADING CONSTRUCTION SET i E. Protect above- and below-grade utilities that remain. F. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. G. Protect excavations from unintended inundation by surface water during grading and demolition operations. H. Protect survey marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. I. Compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent fill materials, per Section 02223. J. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of in situ compaction. Backfill with Crushed Surfacing Base Course, unless otherwise noted, and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. K. Proof roll subgrade surface under paved areas to identify soft spots; fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. Refer to geotechnical reports, Section 02010 for proof rolling during wet weather if necessary due to scheduling. a 3.03 FILLING A. Fill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials. B. Place fill materials in continuous layers and compact in accordance with Schedule at end of Section. C. Maintain moisture content of fill materials adequate to achieve specified compaction density. D. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas. E. Remove surplus fill materials from site. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus one-tenth (0.1) foot. January 1999 02211 - 3 \014002\2220\wp\sDO221LDOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02211 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ROUGH GRADING CONSTRUCTION SET 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, and retest. D. Areas which have been rough graded shall be proof-rolled in the presence of the Owner's Representative, to verify that they will support construction equipment without noticeable soft spots. E. Verify that survey benchmarks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect completed rough grading until acceptance by Owner's Representative. B. If work is damaged by persons, equipment, or weather, restore surface to satisfaction of the Owner's Representative at no cost to Owner. 3.07 SCHEDULES A. Fill in Landscaped Areas 1. Soil type S 1 is used for embankment below topsoil, with topsoil used for the top layer in areas detailed in the grading plans. The depth of topsoil shall be ±6 inches. 2. Soil Type S 1, Gravel Backfill Class A or B. Placed in layers of maximum 8 inches loose depth. Compact to minimum 85 percent of maximum density in accordance with ASTM D 1557. January 1999 02211 -4 \014002\2220\wp\sDO221 LDOC t ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02211 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ROUGH GRADING CONSTRUCTION SET B. Fill in Paved Areas 1. Place Soil Type S I in layers of maximum 8 inches loose depth to subgrade elevation if suitable material can be placed and compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. If Soil Type S1 cannot be successfully compacted, use Gravel Backfill Class A or B and compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. 2. Place Aggregate for Gravel Base in 8-inch layers, maximum loose depth, as detailed, and compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. -END OF SECTION - rJanuary 1999 02211 -5 \014002U220\wp\SDO221 .DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating for slabs-on-grade and paving. ' B. Excavating for site structures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02010- SUBSURFACE/SURFACE EXPLORATIONS B. Section 02140- DEWATERING: Dewatering of excavations. C. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING D. Section 02229 - ROCK REMOVAL: Removal of rock during excavation. E. Section 02771 - SITE EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 1.03 REFERENCE Washington Administrative Code AC A. Chapter 296-155 Safety Standards for Construction Work, Part N - Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring 1.04 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Information relating to the existing conditions is contained in the geotechnical reports referenced in Paragraph 1.02 of Section 02010. The reports detail existing ground water elevations. Refer to Sections 02140 and 02771 for additional information. B. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the site conditions prior to beginning Work. January 1999 02222- 1 \0I4002\222Mwp\SD02222.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02222 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT EXCAVATING CONSTRUCTION SET ' 1.06 SUBMITTALS ' A. In accordance with Section 01300, the Contractor shall submit certification that calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer have been prepared for all shoring installations. 1.07 EXCAVATION STABILITY r A. Definitions (for the purposes of this Section): p 1 Excavation: Cavity or depression in the surface of the ground or , . grade. 2. Trench: A narrow excavation with depth greater than width and width less than 15 feet. 3. References to "excavations" shall be taken to refer to both excavations and trenches. 4. Reference to "person" or "persons" shall be taken to refer to workers, inspectors, and all persons who may have occasion to enter the site. B. PE: Contractor shall utilize a Professional Engineer (PE), Structural or Civil, currently registered in the State of Washington. Design for stability and strength in placement and removal, and describe sequence of designed operations. The use of the term "designed" shall be taken to mean "designed by the PE". C. Protection: Except in solid, unfractured rock, the sides of excavations and embankments measuring 4 feet or more from top to bottom shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or supported by means of sufficient strength to protect all persons. D. Barrier: Where sloping is not constructed to the bottom of the excavation, provide a barrier extending a minimum of 18 inches above and below the bottom of the slope, to protect against rolling or sliding materials. E. Shallow Excavations: The sides of excavations and embankments measuring less than 4 feet from top to bottom shall be similarly protected, when a reasonable person might infer that there are indications of instability or potential movement of the ground. F. Stockpile: Materials stockpiled above the existing ground surface shall be placed at a clear distance from the edge of the excavation which is no less than the depth of the excavation. Januwy 1999 02222-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD02222.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02222 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT EXCAVATING CONSTRUCTION SET ' G. Escape Route: When protection is required, and in addition to the protection, provide a secure, firm means of exit, within 25 feet maximum travel distance of every part of the excavation, and capable of supporting twice the weight of any and every person. A ladder, well-constructed stairs, or a secure, firm earthen ramp may be acceptable. The entire escape route must receive protection. H. Procedure: Install and remove protection using such methods and sequencing as may be required to protect all persons, at all times. The protection and portions thereof shall not be placed or used in a location or manner which overloads the protection or portions thereof. Only procedures designed by the PE may be performed. I. Access and Barricades: Provide designed access bridges for personnel where required and as directed by the Owner's Representative. Barricade excavations, drop-offs, and other similarly hazardous locations, sufficient to prevent hazard to any and all persons. J. Direct Responsibility: Contractor shall appoint a Safety Officer who shall maintain daily responsibility for the strength, cleanliness, maintenance, and safety of the worksite, including excavations. K. Applicable Code: Contractor shall comply with both these Specifications and WAC 296-155, Part N, "Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 USE OF MATERIALS FROM EXCAVATIONS A. Material excavated from the site shall be reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer (Retained by the Owner's Representative), who shall determine if the material can be used for Fill Type S 1. ' B. Notify the Owner's Representative to request sample collection and testing. r January 1999 02222-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDo2222DDc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02222 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT EXCAVATING CONSTRUCTION SET PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION A. Elevations and lines for excavation shall be established by a Registered ' Land Surveyor, licensed in the State of Washington, and acceptable to the Owner's Representative. All markers and monuments set by the surveyor shall be preserved to accommodate field checking of all Work by the Owner's Representative. B. The Contractor shall identify and field stake required lines, levels, and contours. C. The Contractor shall verify the location and extent of all buried utilities in r the work area prior to the start of excavation. Any anticipated interruption in utility services shall be coordinated with the effected utility and the Owner's Representative. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Do not intrude within 45 degree bearing of any existing foundation or foundation under construction. B. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation Work. C. Cut banks to angle of repose or flatter, unless shored. D. Excavate subsoil required to accommodate foundations, slabs-on-grade, paving, site structures, utilities and construction operations. E. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. F. Hand trim excavation. Remove loose matter. G. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to one-third cubic yard, measured by volume. Larger material will be removed under Section 02229. H. Notify the Owner's Representative of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume Work. I. Remove, as directed by the Owner's Representative, all unsuitable materials encountered at the bottom of excavations. J. Correct areas over-excavated in accordance with Section 02223. January 1999 02222-4 \014002\2220\wp\SDO2222.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02222 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT EXCAVATING CONSTRUCTION SET rK. Stockpile and cover excavated material in an area designated on site and remove excess material not being reused from the site. L. Separate all organic materials and other debris from materials being reused on site. M. Dewatering of excavations shall be in accordance with Section 02140. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed in accordance with Section 01400. B. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect excavations by methods required to prevent cave-in or the fall of loose soil into excavations. B. Protect from freezing the bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations. C. Protect any utilities designated to remain or in use uncovered during excavation. 3.05 REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL FROM SITE A. It is anticipated that much of the materials designated to be excavated cannot be used for fill on-site. The Owner's Representative shall determine if the material may be used on-site and the class of material for which it may be used or substituted. B. Excavated material not used on-site shall be disposed of at a site remote to the project. The Contractor shall obtain and submit copies to the Owner's Representative, all permits required for legal hauling and dumping, prior to moving material off-site. C. For suspected hazardous substances or contaminated material, contact the Owner's representative without delay. -END OF SECTION - January 1999 02222-5 \0I 4002\2220\wp\SD02222.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02223 BACKFILLING PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Site structure backfilling. B. Site filling and backfilling. C. Consolidation and compaction as scheduled. D. Backfill for over-excavation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02140 - DEWATERING: Dewatering of excavations. B. Section 02205 - SOIL MATERIALS C. Section 02207 - AGGREGATE MATERIALS: Fill under pavement D. Section 02225 - TRENCHING: Backfilling of utility trenches. E. Section 02242 - SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION: Use of controlled density fill materials. F. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete materials. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M43 Standard Sizes of Coarse Aggregate for Highway Construction B. AASHTO M288 Geotextiles used for Subsurface Drainage Purposes C. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures using 10-pound (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop D. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) E. ASTM D4397 Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications January 1999 02223- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD02223.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02223 r SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CONSTRUCTION SET F. WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (1998 Edition) G. WAC 173-303 Dangerous Waste Regulations ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Methods: Submit, for the approval of the Owner's Representative, proposed methods of compaction for different conditions and areas. Include methods for large, open areas; small or limited-access areas; critical areas adjacent to sensitive areas or structures; and for pond areas. 1.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. If tests indicate that the materials do not meet the requirements for "clean" materials, as defined by WAC 173-303, the materials shall be removed from the project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Gravel Backfill, Class A: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-03.12(1)A, except that of the portion passing a 3/4-inch sieve, not more than 5 percent may pass the No. 200 sieve. B. Gravel Backfill, Class B: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-03.12(1)B. C. Crushed Surfacing Base Course: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-03.9(3), except that of the portion passing a 3/4-inch sieve, not more than 5 percent may pass the No. 200 sieve. D. Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-03.15. E. Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-03.16. F. Gravel Backfill for Drains: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-03.12(4). January 1999 02223-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD02223.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02223 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CONSTRUCTION SET G. Gravel Backfill for Drywells: As specified in the WSDOT Standard ' Specifications, Section 9-03.12(5). H. Quarry Spalls: As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-3.6 I. Quarry Spalls (Modified): As specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-13.6, except that maximum particle size shall be less than 6". J. Soil Cement Mix: Class F conforming to Section 02242. K. Controlled Density Fill: Class B or C conforming to Section 02242. rL. Concrete: MIX R-1 conforming to Section 03300. M. Soil Type S 1: On-site materials indicated to be suitable for use as fill, as approved by the Owner's Representative. Refer to Section 02205. N. Coarse Aggregate Grading No. 57, Crushed Surfacing Top Course, Aggregate for Gravel Base, Fine Aggregate, and Sand shall conform to Section 02207. O. Riprap: Light loose Riprap as specified in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-13.1(2). 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: As specified in WSDOT 9-33, Table 3, Soil Stabilization. B. Vapor Retardant: 6-mil, polyethylene, conforming to ASTM D4397. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify subdrainage, dampproofing, and waterproofing installation have been inspected. B. Verify underground structures are anchored or ballasted, to avoid flotation during or after backfilling. Notify the Owner's Representative, after verification and 48 hours prior to start of backfilling for these structures. C. Verify that the dewatering system is operating and halt backfill operations if the system fails. See Section 02140 for dewatering. January 1999 02223 -3 WI4002\2220\wp\SD02223.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02223 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CONSTRUCTION SET 3.02 BACKFILLING A. Backfill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials. , B. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place geotextile fabric as directed by the Owner's Representative, prior to placing next lift of fill. D. Gravel Backfill Class A and B, Crushed Surfacing Base Course, Bedding r Material for Rigid Pipe, Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe, and Gravel Backfill for Drains: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches loose depth. E. Soil Type S 1: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding 12 inches loose depth. F. Controlled Density Fill: Prepare substrates and place material in accordance with Section 02242. G. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other Work. H. Maintain moisture content of backfill materials adequate to achieve required compaction density. Backfill against supported foundations, walls and structures. Do not backfill against unsupported foundations, walls, or structures. I. Timing: Backfill shall not be placed against any concrete structure until the concrete has attained 90 percent of its design strength and has cured for at least 14 days. J. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. K. Remove surplus backfill materials from site. r L. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials. M. Backfill utility trenches in accordance with Section 02225. January 1999 02223-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD02223.DOC r BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02223 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CONSTRUCTION SET 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfillin : Plus or minus one-tenth (0.1) required foot from g q elevations, generally to subgrade elevation. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with Section 01410. B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. D. Areas which have been backfilled and compacted shall be proof-rolled in the presence of the Owner's Representative, to verify that they will support slabs- on-grade, pavers, paving, and construction equipment without noticeable soft spots. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. Fill Under Landscaped Areas 1. Fill Type S1, to subgrade, compacted to 85 percent. B. Fill to Correct Over-excavation 1. Lean concrete or Controlled Density Fill, Class C, to minimum compressive strength of 600 psi, or Crushed Surfacing Base Course. C. Fill Below Water Table 1. Crushed Surfacing Base Course, placed in 8-inch loose lifts, and compacted to 95 percent. January 1999 02223 -5 \014002\2220\wp\SD02223.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02223 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BACKFILLING CONSTRUCTION SET D. Fill Under Structures 1. 12" minimum thickness or as detailed in the Drawings beneath vaults, ' manholes, and catch basins. Use 45 degree slope angle below bearing elevation of structure. a. Quarry Spalls (Modified), if below the water table, placed using dewatering, and compacted to 95 percent. b. Crushed Surfacing Base Course, if above the water table, placed in 8-inch loose lifts, and compacted to 95 percent. E. Fill at Pipe Outfalls 1. Quarry Spalls, 12" minimum thickness as detailed in the Drawings. -END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 02223-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD02223.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02225 TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating trenches for utilities. B. Compacted backfill from top of utility bedding to subgrade elevations. C. Placement of buried warning tape a for all utilities. D. Procedure for interferences with unknown utility. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02060 - DEMOLITION: Recording locations of utilities. B. Section 02140-DEWATERING: Dewatering of excavation. C. Section 02205 - SOIL MATERIALS D. Section 02222 - EXCAVATING: General excavation. E. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING: General backfilling materials and procedures. F. Section 02229 - ROCK REMOVAL: Removal of rock during excavation. G. Section 02242 - SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M288 Geotextiles Used for Subsurface Drainage Purposes rP B. ASTM D882 1983 Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting ' C. ASTM D 1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop D. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) January 1999 02225- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SDO2225.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02225 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TRENCHING CONSTRUCTION SET E. ASTM D4491 Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permitivity 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Utility: Any buried pipe, conduit, or cable. 1.05 FIELD MEASUREMENTS ' A. Verify that survey benchmarks and intended elevations for the Work are as shown on Drawings. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work in accordance with General Conditions. B. Verify Work associated with lower elevation utilities are complete before placing higher elevation utilities. 1.07 EXCAVATION STABILITY A. Comply with the provisions of Section 02222, Paragraph 1.07, for stabilizing excavations and trenching. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Gravel Backfill Class A: As specified in Section 02223. B. Gravel Backfill Class B: As specified in Section 02223. C. Crushed Surfacing Base Course: As specified in Section 02223. D. Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe: As specified in Section 02223. E. Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe: As specified in Section 02223. F. Controlled Density Fill Class C: Conforming to Section 02242 with a compressive strength of 300 psi. i January 1999 02225 -2 \0 I 4002\222M p\SDO2225.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02225 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TRENCHING CONSTRUCTION SET 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Buried Detectable Warning Tape 1. Polyethylene plastic and metallic core or metallic-faced, acid and alkali-resistant, polyethylene plastic warning tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried utility lines. Provide tape on rolls, 6-inch-minimum width, color coded as stated below for the intended utility with warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously over the entire tape length. Warning and identification to read "CAUTION, BURIED (intended service) LINE BELOW" or similar wording. Color and printing is to be permanent, unaffected by moisture or soil. Warning Tape Color Codes and Intended Service Red -Electric Yellow - Hot/Chilled Water&Natural Gas Orange - Telephone & Other Communications Blue -Water Green - Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage NPurple - Reclaimed Water(Irrigation and Lake System) 2. Minimum thickness of the tape shall be 0.005 inches. Tensile strength shall be 28 pounds (minimum) in the longitudinal direction for 6-inch width tape, per ASTM D882. B. Geotextile Fabric: In accordance with Section 02223. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. C. Protect monuments, benchmarks, existing structures, landscaping, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavation equipment and vehicular traffic. iJanuary 1999 02225-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD02225.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02225 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TRENCHING CONSTRUCTION SET D. Maintain and protect above- and below-grade utilities which are to remain, ' and any encountered during excavation. E. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of in situ compaction as determined by the Owner's Representative. As directed, place geotextile fabric on subgrade and at sides of trench and backfill with Crushed Surfacing Base Course and compact to density equal to or greater than ' requirements for subsequent backfill material. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil required for consideration of utilities. B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation and allow inspection. C. Do not interfere with 45-degree bearing of foundations. D. Hand trim excavation. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints. Remove loose matter. E. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cubic yard, measured by volume. Larger material will be removed under Section 02229. F. Correct areas which are over-excavated as described in accordance with Section 02222, unless otherwise noted. G. Dewatering of trench excavations shall be in accordance with Section 02140. H. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site and remove excess material not being used, from site. 3.03 INTERFERENCES A. When previously unknown interferences between utilities are discovered and before reporting to the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall prepare an initial sketch of the conditions encountered. An initial sketch shall show the plan view and one or more elevation views, as required to adequately describe the interference. B. The Contractor shall also submit a proposed solution to the interference, relocating whichever utility or conflicting element is easier to relocate and has less impact to the successful completion of the Work. January 1999 02225 -4 \0I4002\2220\wp\sD02225.DOC i BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02225 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TRENCHING CONSTRUCTION SET C. If the interference is between at least one pressurized utility and any other element, and if no more feasible solution is present, Contractor shall propose relocation of the pressurized utility or utilities. rD. If one or more gravity-drained utilities is in interference, and if no easier or lower-impact solution is present, Contractor shall examine whether one or more of the gravity-drained utilities may be re-sloped, while maintaining a slope within limits approvable by the Owner's Representative and shall propose such a solution. E. The Contractor shall provide a location survey of this previously unknown utility, to trace its beginning and ending points and to ascertain that this is the only point of interference with Work of this Contract. This previously unknown utility line shall be added to the Project Record Documents, as specified in Section 02060. 3.04 BACKFILLING A. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials. B. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place pipe bedding as detailed on the Plans. Bring bedding up equally on both sides of the pipe to avoid pipe misalignment. D. Place buried warning tape 12 inches to 18 inches below finished grade. E. Place geotextile fabric as directed by the Owner's Representative, over Soil Type S 1 at subgrade elevation prior to placing next lift of fill. F. Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe and Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches compacted depth, unless otherwise noted. ' G. Controlled Density Fill, Class C: Place and compact material in continuous layers not exceeding 2/3 of outside diameter of pipe. H. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage foundation perimeter drainage, conduit, duct, or other utilities in the trench. I. Backfill simultaneously on each side of pipe to prevent pipe displacement within trench. iJanuary 1999 02225-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD02225.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02225 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TRENCHING CONSTRUCTION SET J. Ballast pipe materials as necessary to prevent flotation during backfill operations. K. Maintain moisture content of fill materials adequate to achieve specified compaction density. L. Remove surplus fill materials from site. M. Leave fill material stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL , A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, compact, and retested at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK r A. Protect finished Work. For Controlled Density Fill, refer to Section 02242. ' B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction. 3.07 SCHEDULE A. Storm Drainage Piping—Solid Wall Pipe 1. Provide bedding under and around the pipe as detailed in the ' Drawings using Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe or Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe as appropriate for the type of pipe used. Place fill on each side of the pipe in 6-inch lifts, compacting ' each lift. 2. Backfill above pipe bedding with Fill Type S 1 or Gravel Backfill , Class A or B in 8-inch lifts, compacted to 95 percent in future paved zones and to 85 percent in landscape areas, or use Controlled Density , Fill. January 1999 02225 -6 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02225.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02225 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT TRENCHING CONSTRUCTION SET ' B. Storm Drainage Piping—Perforated Pipe 1. Provide bedding and backfill under and around the pipe as detailed in ' the drawings using Gravel Backfill for Drains. C. Irrigation Mains r1. Provide bedding under and around the pipe as detailed in the drawings using Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe. Place fill on each side of the pipe in 6-inch lifts, compacting each lift. 2. Backfill above pipe bedding with Fill Type S1 or Gravel Backfill Class A or B in 8-inch lifts, compacted to 95 percent in future paved zones and to 85 percent in landscaped areas, or use Controlled Density Fill. i - END OF SECTION - rJanuary 1999 02225-7 \014002\2220\wp\SD02225.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02229 ROCK REMOVAL PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of rock previously identified or discovered during excavation. B. Expansive tools to assist rock removal. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02207 - AGGREGATE MATERIALS B. Section 02222 - EXCAVATING: General excavation. C. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING: Backfill materials. ' D. Section 02242 - SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION ' 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Rock: Solid mineral material of a size greater than one-third cubic yard. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Methods: Indicate the proposed method of rock removal. ' 1.05 SCHEDULING A. Schedule Work in accordance with Project Working Hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED ' January 1999 02229- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02229.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02229 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ROCK REMOVAL CONSTRUCTION SET , PART 3 -EXECUTION , 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions and note subsurface irregularities effecting Work of , this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION ' A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. 3.03 ROCK REMOVAL A. Excavate and remove rock by the mechanical method. Drill holes and utilize expansive tools or wedges to fracture rock. All excavation related to rock removal shall be in accordance with Section 02222. B. Cut away rock 6 inches below planned bottom of excavation, to form level , bearing. C. Remove shaled layers to provide sound and unshattered base for footings , and foundations. D. In utility trenches, excavate to 12 inches below invert elevation of pipe and 24 inches wider than pipe diameter. E. Remove excavated materials from site. F. Correct unauthorized rock removal as described in Section 02223. Use Controlled Density Fill (CDF) in accordance with Sections 02223 and , 02242. G. Backfill all holes left by rock removal with material specified in Section 02207. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in conformance with Section 01410. B. Provide for visual inspection of foundation bearing surfaces and cavities ' formed by removed rock. - END OF SECTION- January 1999 02229-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD02229.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02242 SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, treatment, and placement of soil cement mix. ' B. Mixing and placement of Controlled Density Fill (CDF). 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02205 - SOIL MATERIALS B. Section 02207 - AGGREGATE MATERIALS C. Section 02222 -EXCAVATING: General site and building excavation. ' D. Section 02223 -BACKFILLING: General site and building backfilling. E. Section 02229 - ROCK REMOVAL 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M 194 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete B. ASTM C 150 Portland Cement C. ASTM D 1633 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil Cement Cylinders D. ASTM C94 Ready Mix Concrete E. ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete F. ASTM C260 Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ' G. WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (1998 Edition) ' January 1999 02242- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02242.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION SET ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit mix design and materials mix ratio that will achieve specified requirements. C. Samples: Submit a 30-pound sample of each type of fill, in air-tight ' containers, to testing laboratory. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE , A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. , 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install mixed materials in wind in excess of 10 mph or when temperature is below 40 degrees F. , PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MIX MATERIALS A. Coarse Aggregate Grading No. 57: As specified in Section 02207. B. Fine Aggregate: As specified in Section 02207. C. Subsoil: Soil Type S 1 (Subsoil): As specified in Section 02205. D. Cement: ASTM C 150 Portland cement, Normal Type I. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Seal: Asphalt emulsion primer shall be grade CSS-1 in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-02.1(6). B. Geotextile Fabric: Conforming requirements uirements listed in Section 02223. q 2.03 EQUIPMENT ' A. Equipment: Capable of excavating subsoil, mixing and placing materials, wetting, consolidation, and compacting material. January 1999 02242-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02242.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION SET 1 2.04 SOIL CEMENT MIX, CLASS F A. Mix to obtain a minimum compressive strength of 300 psi at 7 days. B. Obtain approval of the mix by the Owner's Representative before proceeding with placement. ' C. Carefully add water to the mix to achieve a consistent mixture without lumping yet not create a wet plastic consistency. ' 2.05 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF) A. General Controlled Density Fill (CDF) shall be a mixture of Portland cement, fly ash, ' aggregates, water, and admixtures proportioned to provide a non-segregating and excavatable material which will result in a hardened, dense, non-settling fill, either self-consolidating and free-flowing or no-slump and compactable. Uses of CDF include but are not limited to the following: Backfills, structural fills, slab base, trench bedding, void fills, and fill of abandoned pipes and culverts. B. Specific Applications CDF shall be used in lieu of imported fill materials as directed by the Owner's Representative or shown on the Plans, where consolidated, non- settling backfill is required to prevent settlement. 1 C. Material Description Controlled Density Fill shall be a mixture of Portland cement, fly ash, aggregates, water and admixtures which has been batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C94. Portland Cement ASTM C150 Fly Ash Class F ' Aggregates WSDOT 9-03.1 Water Potable Admixtures WSDOT 9-23.6 or AASHTO M194 or ASTM C494 or ASTM C260 January 1999 02242-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD02242.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION SET Notes: 1. If air entraining or water reducing admixture is used for flowability, total water and aggregates may be adjusted for yield. ' 2. Aggregate shall be Coarse Aggregate Grading No. 57 for CDF Class C. For Class B, aggregate shall be Aggregate for Gravel Base ' or Fine Aggregate. 3. Weights may be adjusted for flowability and pumpability. ' D. Mix Classification Class B Free-flowing pavement base, trench backfills and pipe bedding. Class C Comp actable: Pavement base trench backfill. , E. Performance ' 1. Measuring, mixing, delivery, and placing shall conform to ASTM C94. 2. For hand excavatable, the unconfined compressive strength shall be 100 psi maximum at 28 days. Laboratory trial batches or field trial data may be submitted to confirm strength and weight. F. Proportioning The weights shown are only an estimate of the amount to be used per cubic ' yard of CDF. Utilize approved trial mix data or field test results for proper strength, workability, consistency and density. Maximum compressive strength for areas requiring later hand excavation should be 100 psi. Class of CDF B C Maximum Compressive strength, pounds per square inch 100 500 t Fly Ash, Pounds per 300 300 cubic yard January 1999 02242-4 \0I4002\222M1 p\SDO2242.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION SET Class of CDF B C Mix, gallons of mixing water per cubic yard 50 30 Pounds of cement per cubic ' yard, approximate 50 50 Pounds of dry aggregate per ' cubic yard, approximate (assumed Sp. G. 2.67) 3200 3200 ' Class C used for tremie applications at the bottom of trenches. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not backfill over frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate requirements with other Work. ' 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Protect adjacent structures which may be damaged by this Work. B. Excavate subsoil to a depth sufficient to accommodate soil stabilization and ' other construction operations. C. Proof roll subgrade to identify soft areas and excavate those areas. D. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45-degree bearing of any foundation. E. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cubic yard, measured by volume. Larger material will be removed under Section 02229. F. Notifythe Owner's Representative of unexpected subsurface conditions. P P Discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume Work. G. Correct over-excavated areas, as described in Section 02222. January 1999 02242-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD02242.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION SET r H. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site and remove excess material not being reused, from site. 3.04 SOIL TREATMENT AND BACKFILLING ' A. Place geotextile fabric over subsoil surface, lap edges and ends. B. Site mix subsoil, backfill, and compact. Wet the treated subsoil mix to r achieve mix formulation and required stabilization. C. Place mix material in continuous layers not exceeding 12 inches depth. ' D. Maintain optimum moisture content of mix materials to attain required ' stabilization. E. Do not exceed 30 minutes in placing adjacent mixed material. ' F. Commence compaction of mix no later than 60 minutes after placement. ' G. Compact mix to 90 percent. H. Make gradual changes in grade. Blend slope into level areas. ' I. At end of day, terminate completed Work by forming a straight and vertical ' construction joint. J. Remove surplus mix materials from site. , 3.05 PLACING CDF A. Flow r CDF can be proportioned to be flowable, non-segregating, or excavatable by ' hand or machine. 1. CDF shall be placed by any reasonable means into the area to be filled. Segregation shall be prevented and the mixture shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material. 2. The flowable CDF shall be P brought u uniformly to the elevation ' g Y shown on the Plans. ' 1 January 1999 02242-6 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDo2242.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION ' CONSTRUCTION SET ' 3. CDF mixing and placing may be started if the temperature is at 34 degrees F and rising. At the time of placement, CDF must have a temperature of at least 40 degrees F. Mixing and placing shall stop ' when temperature is 38 degrees F or less and falling. A sealer must be applied after mixing and placing has stopped before the temperature drops below 35 degrees F. Each filling stage shall be as ' continuous an operation as is practicable. CDF shall not be placed on frozen ground. ' 4. Trench section to be filled with CDF shall be contained at either end of trench section by bulkhead or earth fill. ' 5. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. ' B. Compaction 1. For flowable CDF, compaction is not necessary for placement. 2. Protection Contractor shall provide steel plates to span utility trenches and prevent traffic contact with CDF for at least 24 hours after placement ' or until CDF is compacted or hardened to prevent rutting by construction equipment or traffic. 3.06 CURING A. Immediately following compaction of mix, seal top surface with curing seal. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Fill: Plus or minus one inch from required elevations. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with Section 01400. B. Compression test and analysis of hardened fill material will be performed p y p o ed in accordance with ASTM D1633. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, ' replace and retest at no cost to Owner. January 1999 02242-7 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02242.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02242 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION SET 3.09 SCHEDULE A. Fill Under Slabs-On-Grade 1. Fill to 3 inches below bottom of slab. r B. Fill Under Asphalt and Concrete Paving , 1. Fill to bottom of crushed base course. C. Fill to Correct Over-Excavation ' 1. Subsoil Mix: Flush to required elevation. ' D. Fill to Seal Bottom of Trenches ' 1. Place Class C CDF by tremie methods. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 02242-8 \014002\2220\wp\SD02242.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Asphaltic concrete paving and surface sealer; wearing binder or base course. B. Aggregate base course. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02207 - AGGREGATE MATERIALS: Base course. B. Section 02607 - MANHOLES, VAULTS AND COVERS: Manholes, drains, and vaults, including frames. ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. MS-2 Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot ' Mix Types - The Asphalt Institute (Al) B. MS-3 Asphalt Plant Manual - The Asphalt Institute (AI) ' C. MS-8 Asphalt Paving Manual -The Asphalt Institute (Al) D. WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal (1998 ' Edition) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with Section 01300 the Contractor shall provide an approved letter of certification that their asphalt is PCB free. The following items are to be covered in the certification letter. 1. Identify test method used, detection limit and the testing laboratory used. 2. Identify oil sources. 3. Indicate if recycled oil is used. If recycled oil is used tests must be conducted on each batch or lot, prior to use. January 1999 02510- 1 \0I4002\2zz0\wp\SDoz25L0.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02510 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ASPHALTIC CONSTRUCTION SET CONCRETE PAVING ' 4. If recycled oil is used indicate and test the binder prior to reuse. , B. If random testing of the asphalt reveals that the asphalt is not PCB free, then all contaminated asphalt shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's ' expense. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Paving: Designed for parking, light-duty commercial vehicles, and movement of trucks up to 30,000 pounds. ' 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AI Manual MS-8. ' B. Mixing Plant: Conform to Al Manual MS-3. ' C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. ' D. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to applicable code for paving Work on public property. ' 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place asphalt when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F , or surface is wet or frozen. 1.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Provide mix design for asphalt in accordance with Section 01300. ' B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of mix for review and approval by ' the Owner's Representative, prior to commencement of work. C. Test samples in accordance with Al MS-2. ' January 1999 02510-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD025IO DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02510 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ASPHALTIC CONSTRUCTION SET CONCRETE PAVING ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Asphalt Cement: WSDOT Sections 9-02.1(4) and 5-04.2, and as therein referenced; Grade AR-4000W. B. Aggregate for Binder Course Mix: In accordance with Section 9-03.8 of WSDOT, and as therein referenced. C. Aggregate for Wearing Course Mix: In accordance with Section 9-03.8 of WSDOT, and as therein referenced. ' D. Fine Aggregate: In accordance with Section 9-03.8 of WSDOT, and as therein referenced. E. Mineral Filler: Finelyround articles of limestone hydrated lime or other g P � Y mineral dust, free of foreign matter. F. Asphalt Treated Base (ATB): In accordance with Section 4-06 of WSDOT, ' and as therein referenced. 2.02 ACCESSORIES ' A. Tack Coat: Homogeneous, medium-curing, liquid asphalt in accordance with Sections 9-02 and 5-04.3(5) of WSDOT, and as therein referenced. ' B. Asphalt Sealer: RESURFACER asphalt emulsion with fiber fillers, produced by Special Asphalt Products, Inc., or approved equal. ' 2.03 ASPHALT PAVING MIX ' A. Use dry material to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly. B. Binder Course: 4.5 to 6 percent of asphalt cement by weight in mixture in ' accordance with Al MS-2. C. Wearing Course: 5 to 7 percent of asphalt cement by weight in mixture in ' accordance with Al MS-2. January 1999 02510-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02510.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02510 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ASPHALTIC CONSTRUCTION SET CONCRETE PAVING ' PART 3 -EXECUTION , 3.01 EXAMINATION ' A. Verify base conditions. B. Verify that compacted granular base is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. ' 3.02 SUBBASE ' A. Section 02207 - Aggregate Materials forms the base construction for Work of this Section. , 3.03 PREPARATION -ASPHALT SEALER A. Remove dirt, dust, oil build-up, sand, weeds and other deleterious materials from all asphalt surfaces and cracks to be sealed. Treat cracks with Round- Up herbicide, or approved equal. All cracks 1/4-inch and larger shall be filled with an approved crack-filler to the level of the adjoining surface. B. Dilute RESURFACER with water as required to achieve proper workability ' for application. Mix the fluid until it is homogenous, creamy and smooth. Mixing may be accomplished within the sealing machine used to apply the ' product. 3.04 PREPARATION - TACK COAT ' A. Apply tack coat on asphalt or concrete surfaces at uniform rate of one-half gallon per square yard. ' B. Apply tack coat to contact surfaces of curbs, gutters, and structures. C. Coat surfaces of manholes, catch basins, and vaults with oil to prevent bond ' with asphalt pavement. Do not tack coat these surfaces. 3.05 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT -DOUBLE COURSE ' A. Place asphalt binder course within 24 hours of applying tack coat. ' January 1999 02510-4 \0I4002\2220\wp\sDO2510 DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02510 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ASPHALTIC CONSTRUCTION SET CONCRETE PAVING ' B. Place binder course to compacted thickness shown in the Plans. C. Place wearing course within two hours of placing and compacting binder course. D. Place wearing course to compacted thickness shown in the Plans. E. Install manhole frames and other adjusted items in correct position and ' elevation in accordance with Section 02607. F. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. G. Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, ' without roller marks. 3.06 PLACING ASPHALT TREATED BASE A. Place ATB to thickness and grade as indicated in the Plans. 3.07 ASPHALT SEALER ' A. Apply RESURFACER to asphalt in two coats using a sealing machine or specifically designed walking-type rubber faced squeegee. Uniform application rate shall be 1 gallon undiluted product per 35 to 50 square feet. B. Protect surface from all traffic until thoroughly cured and pick-up will not occur. ' C. Sealer shall be required if the Contractor has to patch more than 0.5 percent of the asphalt surface. 3.08 TOLERANCES ' A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge. B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch. ' C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch. ' January 1999 02510-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD025IO DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02510 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ASPHALTIC CONSTRUCTION SET CONCRETE PAVING ' 3.09 PROTECTION ' A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for ' three days. - END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 02510-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD025IO DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02607 MANHOLES, VAULTS AND COVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Modular precast concrete manhole, catch basin and vault sections with tongue-and-groove joints. B. Manhole, catch basin and vault covers, lids, grates, frames and accessories. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02222 - EXCAVATING: Excavating for manholes and base ' pads. B. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING: Backfilling for structures. C. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Cast-in-place vaults and base pads. ' 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges B. ASTM A48 Gray Iron Castings ' C. ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ' D. ASTM C443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets E. ASTM C478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections tF. ASTM C857 Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures G. ASTM C890 Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater ' Structures H. ASTM C923 Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes January 1999 02607- 1 \0I40=220\wp�SD02607.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02607 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANHOLES, VAULTS CONSTRUCTION SET AND COVERS ' I. ASTM C990 Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Performed Flexible Joint Sealants J. ASTM D4101 Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials ' K. City of Renton Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (Revision Date: May 19, 1997) ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate manhole locations, elevations, and sizes and , elevations of penetrations. C. Product Data: Provide manhole covers, manhole steps, component ' construction, features, configuration, and dimensions. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS ' A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in , this Section with minimum three years of documented experience. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manhole and Catch Basin Sections: Reinforced precast concrete in , accordance with ASTM C478. All joints within structures shall have gaskets in accordance with ASTM C443. , 2.02 COMPONENTS ' A. Lid and Frame: ASTM A48, Class 30B Cast iron construction, machined flat bearing surface, removable locking closed lid design; AASHTO load ' rating of H2O; sealing gasket. Olympic Foundry Products or approved equal. Embossed letters shall be added to indicate "DRAIN" for Storm Drainage, "SEWER" for Sanitary Sewer, "WATER" for water, ' "ELECTRIC" for Electric, "COMMUNICATION" for Communication, and "MISC" for Miscellaneous manholes. The Contractor shall line the lettering up with the pipeline direction wherever possible. ' January 1999 02607-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02607.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02607 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANHOLES, VAULTS ' CONSTRUCTION SET AND COVERS B. Manhole Steps 1. Manhole steps shall consist of 1/2-inch diameter, ASTM A615, Grade 60 reinforcing steel, plastic-coated. Plastic coating shall be copolymer polypropylene, and shall conform to ASTM D4101. 2. Steps shall be cast-in-place, or may be set in the field, using either formed-in plugs or by precisely drilling with a template. Assembly of steps shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written directions ' and Specification. Steps are not required in manholes less than 4 feet deep. ' 3. Acceptable Steps: a. M. A. Industries, Peachtree City, Georgia; Model PS2-PF. ' b. Lane International Tualatin Oregon; Model P-13938 or other similar approved Models. C. Pipe-to-Manhole/Catch Basin Connection 1. Pipe-to-Structure Connection for Rigid Pipe: For storm systems, a flexible connection shall be made at all pipe-to-structure connections when the pipe diameter is 4-inch or greater. The flexible connection shall be located within a distance no greater than 1/2 the pipe outside diameter or 12-inches whichever is greater. Flexible connections ' shall not be used with corrugated high density polyethylene pipe or PVC drain lines. For storm drainage pipe to structure connections any of the following connection types may be used except one type tshall be used throughout the system. a. Resilient Connectors: Resilient connectors between ' reinforced concrete pipe or ductile iron pipe and precast manholes shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C923. The connector shall be of a size specifically designed for the ' pipe material and size utilized, shall incorporate a cavity O-ring and include stainless steel pipe clamps. Manholes utilizing resilient connectors shall be factory core drilled. ' Resilient connectors shall be KOR-N-SEAL as manufactured by NPC, Inc., or approved equal. ' b. Grout Seal: Non-shrink grout seal in accordance with Section 03300. ' January 1999 02607-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02607.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02607 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANHOLES, VAULTS CONSTRUCTION SET AND COVERS 2. Pipe-to-Structure Connection for Flexible Pipe: A flexible connection or joint shall not be located within 10 feet of the pipe-to- structure connection. a. Sand Collars: Fabricated epoxy coated sand collars, as manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, shall be used to connect PVC pipelines to catch basins and manholes. D. Pipe-to-Vault Connection: Connections shall be as noted on the Drawings. 2.04 CONFIGURATION - VAULTS ' A. Precast: As shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Cast-in-place , vaults shall be of the shape, dimensions and construction as indicated on the Drawings, and in accordance with Section 03300. B. Shape: As indicated on the Drawings ' P C. Clear Lid Opening: As indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. ' D. Pipe and Conduit Entry: Provide openings as indicated or required. E. Steps: Spaced 12-inches on center. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located. ' B. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into Work. ' C. Verify excavation for manholes is correct. ' 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by ' other sections. B. Check precast, or core drilled penetrations and verify location and site, to ' coordinate placement of precast sections. January 1999 02607-4 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02607.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02607 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANHOLES, VAULTS CONSTRUCTION SET AND COVERS C. Excavation for manholes, catch basins, and vaults shall be in accordance with Section 02222. 3.03 PLACING MANHOLE AND VAULT SECTIONS A. Place structural fill as detailed on the drawings and Section 02223. B. Place base pad, trowel top surface level if cast-in-place. C. Place sections plumb and level, trim to correct elevations, anchor to base pad. D. Cut and fit for pipe or pipe sleeves, seal with resilient connectors or grout as specified. E. Grout base of sections to achieve slope to exit piping. Trowel smooth. Contour as required. 1 F. Backfilling around manholes, catch basins, and vaults shall be in accordance with Section 02223. G. Construct flow channels and shelves in manholes unless otherwise noted. Channel height shall be a minimum of 3/4 the inside diameter of the largest 1 pipe. The shelf shall have a 1 percent slope. H. Set cover frames and covers level without tipping, to correct elevations. I. Coordinate with other sections of Work to provide correct size, shape, and location. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 02607-5 \014002\2220\wp�SDO2607.DOC rBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02722 SITE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Site storm drainage piping, fittings and accessories, and bedding. ' B. Catch basins, paved area drainage, and site surface drainage. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02140 - DEWATERING ' B. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING: Backfilling for structures and over piping up to subgrade elevation. ' C. Section 02225 - TRENCHING: Excavating for storm drainage piping. D. Section 02242- SOIL CEMENT STABILIZATION: CDF E. Section 02607 -MANHOLES, VAULTS AND COVERS 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A746 Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe B. ASTM C14 Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe C. ASTM C76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe D. ASTM C443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, ' Using Rubber Gaskets E. ASTM C924 Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method F. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils ' and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm)Drop ' January 1999 02722- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02722.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM ' G. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) H. ASTM D3034 Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe , and Fittings I. ASTM D4491 Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permitivity ' J. AWWA C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids K. AWWA C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings L. City of Renton Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal , Construction (Revision Date: 5/19/97) 1.04 DEFINITIONS , A. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, valve, gates and system ' accessories. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures , required to install products specified. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Pressure Test Procedure: Submit procedure for pressure test of storm sewer system and components, using ASTM C924 as a test method, for review by the Owner's Representative. Modify procedure to meet written requirements as shown by the review. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS , A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. January 1999 02722-2 \014002U220\wp\SDo2722.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM B. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, and invert elevations. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. ' 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for materials and installation of the Work of this Section. 1 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the Work with demolition of existing storm drainage systems and grading. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STORM DRAINAGE PIPE MATERIALS A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C76 for 12-inch nominal diameter, P � , Class V, for pipe greater than 12-inch, Class IV. All concrete pipe shall have reinforcement in accordance with Wall B Classification, round shape with inside nominal diameter as indicated on the Plans. Joints shall be bell and spigot. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C443, rubber compression ' gasket joint. C. Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A746, Pressure Class 150 for pipes 48-inch diameter and greater, Pressure Class 200 for all others, inside nominal diameter as indicated, with bell and spigot push-on joints integral to pipe. D. Ductile Iron Pipe Joint Device: Rubber gasket push-on joint with integral bell and spigot as supplied by the pipe manufacturer, in accordance with AWWA C111. Couplings shall not be used except as indicated on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer when integral joints are not feasible. ' January 1999 02722-3 \0 I 4002\222Mwp�S D02722.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM ' E. Polyethylene Encasement: Wrap ductile iron pipe and joints in accordance with AWWA C105 Method A. F. Perforated or solid wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe: ASTM D3034 SDR 35. 2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Same material as pipe, molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows, reducers, caps, traps and other configurations required. 2.03 CATCH BASINS ' A. Catch Basin Type 1: In accordance with City of Renton Standard Plan ' B012. B. Catch Basin Type 2: In accordance with City of Renton Standard Plan B027 or B027.1 depending upon nominal diameter, with noted exception of 3 foot sump. C. Catch Basin Type 30: Precast basin shall include a solid cover without a frame, as manufactured by Shope Concrete Products Company or approved equal. D. Frame and Grate: In accordance with City of Renton Standard Plans B020.1 and B020.2. 2.04 SLUICE GATE ' A. Sluice Gate: 60-inch by 60-inch cast iron, medium duty sluice gate with square opening and standard flangeback with non-rising stem and stainless ' steel assembly hardware. Sluice gate shall be designed for 11-foot unseating head. Waterman Industries, Inc., Series 3000 Sluice Gate, or approved equal. B. Floor Box: Bronze bushed, cast iron with non-locking cover. Waterman Industries, Inc., Type B Floor Box, or approved equal. C. Accessories: Sluice gate stem shall be operated with 2-inch square operating nut. Lifting assembly shall be designed with a manual geared operator such that a maximum effort of 40 lbs is required to operate the gate after unseating. Gate manufacturer shall design and provide floor box, stem, stem guides and lifting assembly. January 1999 02722-4 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02722.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE ' CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM 2.05 CANAL GATES A. Canal Gate: 24-inch cast iron, flatback mounting canal gate with non-rising stem extension (NRE), galvanized steel rails and yoke and stainless steel assembly hardware. Canal gate shall be designed for 10-foot unseating head. Waterman Industries, Inc., C-20 Canal Gate, or approved equal. B. Floor Box: Bronze bushed, cast iron with non-locking cover. Waterman Industries, Inc., Type B Floor Box, or approved equal. ' C. Accessories: Canal gate stem shall be operated with 2-inch square operating nut. Lifting assembly shall be designed such that a maximum effort of 40 lbs is required to operate the gate after unseating. Gate manufacturer shall design and provide floor box, stem, stem guides and lifting assembly. 2.06 TELESCOPING VALVES ' A. Telescoping Valves: 36-inch diameter, stainless steel tube, non-rising stem, stainless steel lifting straps and hardware. Valve shall be designed for operating range indicated on Drawings. Waterman Industries, Inc., TS-2 Telescoping Valve, or approved equal. B. Floor Box: Bronze bushed, cast iron with non-locking cover. Waterman Industries, Inc., Type B Floor Box, or approved equal. C. Accessories: Canal gate stem shall be operated with 2-inch square operating nut. Lifting assembly shall be designed with such that a maximum effort of 40 lbs is required to operate the gate after unseating. Telescoping valve manufacturer shall design and provide floor box, stem, stem guides, lifting assembly and limiting hardware. ' 2.07 FILTER FABRIC ' A. Filter Fabric: Conform with the following standards: Trapezoid tear: 40 lbs. minimum (per ASTM D4533) Permeability: 0.2 cm/sec minimum (per ASTM D4491) AOS (sieve size): #60 - 70 minimum (per ASTM D4751) January 1999 02722-5 \0I 4002\2220\wp\SD02722.DDc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM , Ultraviolet Resistance: 70% minimum (per ASTM D4355) 2.08 BEDDING MATERIALS A. Bedding: Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe, or Bedding Material for ' Thermoplastic Pipe as specified in Section 02223. 2.09 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill as specified in Section 02225. ' 2.10 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF) A. CDF shall be Class C, as specified in Section 02242. i PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive Work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over-excavation with , Crushed Surfacing Base Course or controlled-density fill, as directed by the Owner's Representative. ' B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage piping or , impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.03 BEDDING—SOLID WALL PIPE ' A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Sections 02140 and 02225 for Work of this Section. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe , to elevations indicated. B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer , not exceeding 8 inches compacted depth in accordance with Section 02225. January 1999 02722-6 \0IQ02\.2220\wp\SDO2722.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE ' CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM C. Backfill around sides and to 6 inches above top of pipe with bedding. Place uniformly on both side of pipe in maximum 12-inch lifts, tamped in place and compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density. D. Maintain moisture content of bedding material adequate to achieve specified compaction density. 3.04 BEDDING—PERFORATED PIPE A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02225. ' B. Place bedding and backfill under and around the pipe in accordance with Section 02225. 3.05 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's ' instructions. Seal joints watertight. B. Place pipe on bedding as detailed on the Plans. C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on Drawings; with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8-inch in 10 feet. ' D. Refer to Section 02223 for backfilling requirements. E. Refer to Section 02225 for trenching requirements. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting. ' F. Refer to Section 02607 for manhole requirements. ' 3.06 INSTALLATION - CATCH BASINS A. Excavate for structure and place Crushed Surfacing Base Course as detailed on the Drawings and Section 02223. B. Place precast concrete base section, with provision for storm drainage pipe end sections. C. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. D. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top section at elevation indicated. January 1999 02722-7 \014002U220\wp\SD02722.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02722 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE STORM DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION SET SYSTEM ' 3.07 INSTALLATION—PIPE BULKHEAD A. Excavate material as required to construct pipe bell bulkhead at location indicated on Drawings. B. Construct wood formwork and framing or shoring as required to support CDF bulkhead. Size form to fit within bell joint of pipe. C. Install polyethylene film as a bond breaker between wood forms and CDF. Locate film to prevent contact between pipe and CDF. ' D. Place CDF in excavation to form 12-inch thick bulkhead of sufficient size to cover full area of pipe bell. Do not place CDF over pipe. ' 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with Section 01410. , B. Request inspection prior to and immediately after bedding. C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. D. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. E. Pressure Test: Test in accordance with ASTM C924, using the approved , test procedure only those sections located within 10 feet of a water main. -END OF SECTION - January 1999 02722-8 \0I4002=0\wp\sD02722.DOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02771 SITE EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Erosion/Sedimentation Control (TESC)practices. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING B. Section 02225 - TRENCHING C. Section 02275 - RIPRAP ' D. Section 02722 - SITE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM E. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A761 Steel, Galvanized, Corrugated Structural Plates and Fasteners for Pipe, Pipe-Arches, and Arches ' B. ASTM A862 Application of Bituminous (Asphalt) Coatings to Corrugated Steel Sewer and Drainage Pipe C. ASTM D3034 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ' D. ASTM F758 Smooth-Wall Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Underdrain Systems for Highway, Airport, and Similar Drainage ' E. KCSWDM Surface Water Design Manual (King County Department of Public Works) F. WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification for Road, Bridge, and ' Municipal Construction (1998 Edition) January 1999 02771 - 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD0277 LDOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit Contractor's plan for providing temporary erosion/sedimentation , control during the performance of Work of this Contract. C. Based on Contractor's anticipated equipment and labor force, propose the ' area which will be cleared and graded during each day. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications. ' 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record, on the Project Record Documents, the locations of all sheet pile, filter fabric fences, silt fences, stabilized temporary construction roadways, temporary erosion/sedimentation ponds, traps and related areas. , B. Note the date these facilities are placed into service and the date removed or dismantled. 1.07 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Before beginning Work of this Section, schedule conference with the Owner's Representative, requesting an opportunity to meet with the City of ' Renton Development Services Division, Plan Review Project Manager. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC FENCE A. Chain Link Fence: Chain Link Fence shall be Type 3 in accordance with the ' City of Renton Standard Plan L002, except that posts may be driven. B. Gates: Gates shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Plan L003. All other gates shall be as required by the Contractor. ' C. Filter Fabric: Conform with the following standards: AOS (per ASTM D4751): #30 - #100 sieve size (for slit , film) #50 - #100 sieve size (for other fabrics) January 1999 02771 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SDO2771.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Water Permitivity: 0.02 sec minimum (per ASTM D4491) Grab Failure Strain: 100 lbs. minimum (for standard ' (per ASTM 4632) strength fabric) Grab Tensile Elongation: 30% maximum (per ASTM D4632) Ultraviolet Resistance: 70% minimum (per ASTM D4355) D. Posts: Nominal 2 by 4 inch wooden posts, No. 2 grade or better, pressure- treated for exterior applications. Alternatively, Contractor may submit proposal to utilize aluminum-coated steel fence posts and aluminum alloy tie ' wire. E. Backfill Material: Backfill at filter fabric fence shall be Gravel Backfill, Class A, or Coarse Aggregate Grading No. 467 as specified in Section 02223. 2.02 OTHER TESC MATERIALS A. Corrugated Metal Pipe: AASHTO M36 Type I (round or Type H - pipe ' arch); aluminum-coated, conforming to AASHTO M274; nominal sizes as indicated; helical lock seam; ends re-rolled to form 2 annular corrugations at end joints; coated inside and out with 0.050-inch thick bituminous ' coating conforming to ASTM A862. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: As specified in Section 02722. ' C. Perforated or Solid Wall PVC Pipe: Conform to ASTM F758 or ASTM D3034 SDR 35. ' D. Polyethylene corrugated pipe: Integrally formed smooth interior AASHTO M252 and M294. E. Steel fabrications for TESC ponds and related Work shall be asphalt-coated in accordance with ASTM A862, Treatment 1 or better. Stainless steel fabrications shall not be galvanized but shall be asphalt-coated. Fasteners shall conform to ASTM A761. ' January 1999 02771 -3 \014002\2220\wp\SD02771.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL F. Quarry Spalls: For stabilized construction entrance, conform to Section , 9-13.6 of WSDOT, and as therein referenced. G. Riprap: WSDOT Section 9-13.1 "Loose Riprap." H. Spillway Rock: Conform to WSDOT Section 9-03. Grading shall be as indicated on the Plans, except as herein specified. ' I. Geotextile Fabric: Shall be as specified in WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-33, Table 3, Soil Stabilization. J. Asphalt Pavement: As specified in Section 02510. K. Concrete Materials: As specified in Section 03300; Mix R-1. 2.03 HYDROSEEDING A. Erosion Control Seed Mixture ' Areas to be seeded shall be hydroseeded in accordance with these Specifications and with the following material mixture: , 1. Material Mix 20% Perrenial Rye , 10% Annual Rye 20% Creeping Red Fescue , 20% Tall Fescue 20% Red Top Bent 10% White Clover, (Dutch) , 2. Percent of Pure Seed Ryegrass shall be 90 percent pure seed with a maximum weed seed , content of 1 percent and a germination rate of 90 percent. B. Wood Fiber Mulch , Wood fiber mulch shall be 100 percent wood fiber manufactured by the ' defibrating process, from fir, hemlock or alder. The mulch shall have a minimum of 17 percent of fibers 8.5 mm or longer and 40 percent of the total fiber exceeding 3.5 mm in length. Mulch shall be applied at rate of 200 pounds per acre. January 1999 02771 -4 \014002\2220\wp\SD02771.DOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ' Wood fiber mulch shall be in uniform weight with the unit weight displayed clearly on each package. Fiber shall be dyed green in color to provide visual metering of application. Tackifier shall be incorporated into the wood fiber in the drying process. Percentage of tackifier shall not be less than 2 percent or greater than 10 percent, with the percentage used clearly labeled on outside of package. ' Tackifier rates shall be adjusted by adding woodfiber mulch with tackifier and regular woodfiber mulch to provide tackifier rates equivalent to or ' greater than minimum specified. C. Tackifier: Tackifier shall be J-Tac as provided by Reclamore (206) 824- ' 2385 or approved equal. D. Fertilizer ' Fertilizer shall be 12-24-24 mixtures read at a rate of 250 pounds per acre. P P Characteristics of the fertilizer are as follows: ' 1. 50 percent of the nitrogen shall be derived from 30 percent urea P g ' formaldehyde. 2. Potash shall be derived from Sulfate of potash. 3. Fertilizer shall be retained by Standard Sieves as follows: ' a. No. 4 Sieve retains O percent b. No. 20 Sieve retains a maximum of 65 percent ' C. No. 80 Sieve retains a minimum of 95 percent ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL ' A. Contractor shall conform to KCSWDM in developing his plan for providing temporary erosion and sedimentation control. References contained therein which refer to "design engineer" shall be taken to refer to the Contractor's Professional Engineer (PE). ' January 1999 02771 -5 \014002\2220\wp\SD0277LDOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL , B. The project will disturb and modify existing drainage facilities, including , pipelines, culverts, structures, swales and ponds. The Contractor shall plan for, provide, and install temporary erosion/sedimentation control measures which protect existing and new landscaping and plantings, wetlands and wetland buffers, water bodies and creeks and streams. These measures shall trap sediment on site, protect on-site and downstream areas from erosion, and detain and filter runoff water, while keeping water velocities low. ' Water discharged from the project site, whether surface water or groundwater, shall meet the requirements specified in Section 02140 3.03(B) of these Specifications. , C. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary erosion/sedimentation control fencing around all active construction areas. t Portions of the TESC facilities may have to be moved by the Contractor during the course of the Work to accommodate construction of other Work. 3.02 EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FENCING , A. Install fencing as indicated on the Drawings. Refer to Drawings for ' additional site access requirements, which shall be accommodated by the fence and gate locations. ' B. Fencing must be maintained as noted in the Temporary Erosion/Sedimentation Control notes throughout the Project, and shall only be removed after permanent vegetation has taken hold to prevent erosion adjacent thereto. C. If concentrated flows _become evident uphill of the fencing, interceptor , ditches shall be constructed to convey runoff to a sediment trap or pond. D. Sediment shall be removed from along the fencing when it reaches six inches in depth. E. Fencing which shows evidence of ultraviolet breakdown shall be replaced. F. Fencing shall be removed at the completion of the project. ' January 1999 02771 -6 NOI4002\22z0\wp4SD0277LDDc ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 3.03 SHEET PILE DESIGN ' A. Refer to sheet pile p design section in April 23, 1998 geotechmcal report ' referenced in Section 02010. Locate sheet pile as indicated on drawings. 3.04 CLEARING AND GRADING ' A. Comply with the requirements of the Grading Permit. ' B. Limit daily scope of clearing and grading operations to minimize the area of exposed soils open at one time. Submit this daily clearing limit as part of Contractor's erosion/sedimentation control plan. C. Maintain intact all landscaping and plantings to remain, all wetland and wetland buffers and all vegetation preservation areas. These are considered ' areas outside of fences and sheet piling. 3.05 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES ' A. Additional quarry spalls shall be added to the stabilized construction entrance if the pad is no longer in conformance with the specifications, or as required by the Owner's Representative. Any spalls or other material tracked off-site shall be removed immediately. B. If sediments are being tracked off the project site, then alternative measures to keep adjacent property free of sediment shall be constructed in accordance with Chapter 5 of the King County Surface Water Design Manual ' (KCSWDM). C. Provide street cleaning of affected streets on a weekly basis or as directed by ' the Owner's Representative, (as often as once daily). D. Maintain dust control during dry weather, using vapor retardant or wetting ' frequently, to prevent wind-borne soil movement. Provide dust control at all times, adjusting as directed by the Owner's Representative. ' E. Maintain vehicles in a clean and operable condition. Clean soil materials from vehicles before leaving the site or traversing public areas. ' 3.06 STOCKPILES A. Contractor shall protect all soil, aggregate, and backfill material stockpiles ' from exposure to wind and precipitation. For all stockpiles which are to remain for a period greater than 7 days, provide and install 6 mil ' polyethylene sheeting cover, anchored against wind. ' January 1999 02771 -7 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD02771.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 3.07 HYDROSEEDING , A. A commercially produced hydroseeder with a minimum 80 horsepower engine, tank size of 1,500 gallons and mechanical agitation shall be used. ' Mechanical agitation system shall be capable of operating in two directions to ensure proper mixing. Should the hydroseeding equipment provide recirculation in addition to mechanical agitation, the recirculation shall be ' limited to not more than 50 gallons per minute. Homemade equipment or equipment with agitation by recirculation only, shall not be permitted. Hydroseeding Contractor and equipment shall meet all federal, state, and ' local codes for backflow prevention during loading operations. B. Mixing Procedures ' Fill hydroseeder tank with water to the center of first agitator. Seed shall be added first, then additives before adding wood fiber. Add one half of the hydroseeder wood fiber capacity before adding fertilizer. Continue to load woodfiber while agitating to ensure all wood fiber is thoroughly mixed into a slurry before seeding application. , C. Application ' Slurry shall be mixed to ensure a homogenous blend before application is to begin. Seed shall not remain in slurry longer than 6 hours or recirculated ' more than 90 minutes before or during application. Hydroseeding mixture shall be applied evenly over the surface of the soil to provide a interlocking of wood fibers. Mixture shall be installed with the use of a hose in areas ' next to buildings, sidewalks and finished landscapes. D. Application Rate Seed mixture shall be applied at a rate of 120 pounds per acre for initial operations and adjusted accordingly to provide as few plants as possible , while retaining the soil. E. Applicator , Hydroseeding shall be applied by an applicator with a minimum of two years of hydroseeding experience and a college degree in agronomy or turf ' sciences. January 1999 02771 - 8 \0 I 4002\2220\wp\SD0277 LDOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02771 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE EROSION/ CONSTRUCTION SET SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 3.08 SHEET PILE REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT ' A. Prior to final approval of project by Owner's Representative, remove , ' overdrive or cut off sheet pile such that top elevation of the sheet pile is at least 3 feet below grade where finished grade is above elevation 8.5, and at or below elevation 5.5 where finished grade is at or below elevation 8.5. ' Dispose of removed or cut off sheet pile at a site remote to the project. 3.09 FILTER FABRIC FENCE REMOVAL ' A. Remove temporary erosion/sedimentation control fencing following completion of Work in specific areas. The fencing shall not be removed ' until the grass has established a minimum of 75 percent coverage, or as noted by the Owner's Representative. Place additional temporary erosion/sedimentation control fencing if necessary for other areas still under ' construction. The Contractor shall take care when removing the fencing to ensure that trapped sediments are removed along with the fence and are not released outside of the project area. ' B. Contractor shall comply with provisions of Section 01710 for removal of ' waste, and associated materials. 3.10 REMOVAL OF TESC FACILITIES A. Contractor shall remove all TESC facilities not otherwise described for removal herein at the completion of the Work of other Sections or as directed by the Owner's Representative. - END OF SECTION - iJanuary 1999 02771 -9 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDO2771DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 02781 ' SITE GROUNDING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Electrodes. B. Connectors. ' C. Conductors. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16170- GROUNDING AND BONDING 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code ' B. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code C. IEEE 81 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System ' D. IEEE 142 Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding rods in lake system pump vault, PV-4. ' 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to IEEE 142. ' 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Overall Resistance to Ground: 5 ohms. ' January 1999 02781 - 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD0278LDOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02781 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE GROUNDING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET ' 1.07 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of grounding system and installation ' details. C. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connectors. D. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground at each system. ' E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of exothermic ' connectors. 1.08 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS , A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. ' B. Accurately record actual locations of electrodes and connections. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS ' A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in , this Section with minimum seven years of documented experience. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as ' suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.11 COORDINATION ' A. Coordinate Work with site excavating, backfilling and final grading. , January 1999 02781 -2 \0I4002U220\wp\SDO278LDOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02781 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE GROUNDING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ROD ELECTRODES A. Manufacturers 1. American Electric -Blackburn 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. ' B. Material: Copper-clad steel. C. Diameter: 3/4 inch. D. Length: 10 feet. ' 2.02 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers 1. Thomas &Betts, Model 53000. 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. B. Material: Bronze or Copper. C. Cannot be substituted where exothermic welds are shown on the Drawings. 2.03 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS ' A. Manufacturers 1. Erico Products, Inc., Model Cadweld. 2. No substitutions. ' 2.04 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. ' B. Horizontal Electrodes: 4/0 AWG, minimum size. ' C. Connections to Electrodes: 4/0 AWG, minimum size. D. Bonding Other Objects: 4/0 AWG, minimum size. ' January 1999 02781 -3 \014002\2220\wp\SDO278 I DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02781 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SITE GROUNDING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET E. Ground Mat: 4/0 AWG, minimum size. , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving ' rod electrodes. B. Verify that trenching is completed before installing horizontal electrodes. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' B. Install rod electrodes in vertical position with bottom at least 5 feet below , frost line. C. Install one driven rod electrode at the lake system pump vault, PV-4. i Connect horizontal electrode to the rod electrode and ground the neutral at the main disconnect. , D. Install interconnecting wire 2 feet below finished grade level. E. Utilize new molds for exothermic connectors. Replace after 50 connections ' are made. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS , A. Interface with grounding and bonding provided under Section 16170. ' 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Procedures: IEEE 142, fall of potential method. ' 3.05 DEMONSTRATION , A. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of Section 01770. , -END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 02781 -4 XOI400z\22z0\wp\SDO2781.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET ' SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenances for irrigation lines. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02140 - DEWATERING ' B. Section 02223 - BACKFILLING ' C. Section 02225 - TRENCHING ' D. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pound (4.54 ' Kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop B. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate ' in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) C. AWWA C104 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and ' Fittings D. AWWA C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids E. AWWA C110 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3-inch Through 48-inch, for Water and Other Liquids. F. AWWA C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron ' Pressure Pipe and Fittings G. AWWA C151 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, For Water or Other Liquids ' H. AWWA C153 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3-inch Through 24- inch, for Water Service tJanuary 1999 02810- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD02810.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02810 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET ' I. AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and ' Appurtenances J. City of Renton Supplemental Specifications for the 1996 Standard Renton Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (Revision Date: 5/19/97) ' K. WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (1998 Edition) t 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300 all equipment and product data ' submittal sheets to the Owner's Representative for review and material approval prior to purchase. ' B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and , accessories. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Test Certificates: Test certificates shall be provided for underground ' irrigation system installation. Tests shall be witnessed by the Owner's Representative. Test records shall include date and time of test, description of test, beginning and ending pressures, calculated leakage, and signatures of ' all parties witnessing test. E. Safety Plan: The method proposed for disposal of waste water from ' hydrostatic tests be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to performing hydrostatic tests. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ' A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. B. Accurately record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, invert elevations, casing pipes, sleeves and controlled density fill (CDF), if ' used. Accurate records of actual location shall be recorded in the Project Record Documents each day and shall be available to the Owner's Representatives at all times. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations in subsoil conditions or ' discovery of uncharted utilities. Record elevations and accurate locations. January 1999 02810-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD028IO DOC , ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02810 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. 1.08 PERMITS A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits beyond those provided in the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Conform with AWWA C151, Class 52. ' 1. Mortar Lining: Conform with AWWA C104. ' 2. Fittings: Ductile iron, standard thickness, cement mortar lined. Conform with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. 3. Pipe and Fitting Joints: Rubber gasket, push-on type, or mechanical type, unless otherwise noted. Conform with AWWA C111. Thrust ' restraint shall be provided for all irrigation mains. Restraint of pipe, fittings and valves shall be accomplished by the use of either a bolted or boltless system, or in accordance with Paragraph 2.04 of this ' specification. Joint restraints for use with push-on joints (those systems integral to the pipe joint) shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer (TR-Flex, Snap-Lok or approved equal). Couplings shall not be used except as indicated on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer when integral joints are not feasible. 4. Polyethylene Encasement: Conform with AWWA C105, Method A. Tube shall be black color. ' 2.02 GATE VALVES - 3 INCHES TO 12 INCHES A. Gate valves shall meet the requirements of City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section 9-30.3(1). January 1999 02810-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD028IO DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02810 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET ' 2.03 BEDDING MATERIALS A. Bedding: Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe as specified in Section 02223. 2.04 BACKFILL MATERIALS t A. Backfill: As specified in Section 02225. ' 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Thrust Blocking and Deadman Blocking: Provide blocking in , accordance with requirements of City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section 7-11.3(13). B. Joint Restraint System: Joint restraint systems shall conform with the requirements of City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section A 7-11.3(15). C. Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall meet the requirements of WSDOT Standard ' Specifications, Section 9-30.3(4). D. Valve Stem Extensions: Valve stem extensions shall meet the requirements ' of WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 9-30.3(6). E. Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valves: Combination air release/air vacuum valves shall meet the requirements of City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section 9-30.3(7). Note that the Renton Specification ' supplements the 1996 WSDOT Standard Specifications. F. Blow-Off Assembly: Temporary blow-off assemblies shall meet the ' requirements of City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section 9-30.3(9). G. Hydrant Assembly: Potter-Roemer as indicated. ' H. Buried Detectable Warning Tape: In accordance with Section 02225. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION t A. Provide survey layout based on the coordinate positions detailed on the Drawings, provide stationing along trench for inspectors, note that provided coordinates govern pipeline position. January 1999 02810-4 \014002\2220\wp\sD02810 DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02810 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET B. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs. C. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. 3.02 BEDDING A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Sections 02140 and 02225 for Work of this Section. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. B. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level the fill materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth, compact to 95 percent. C. Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with bedding, tamped in place and ' compacted to 95 percent. D. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction density. 3.03 INSTALLATION - DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Install pipe to indicated elevation to within tolerance of 5/8-inch. B. Install ductile iron piping and fittings to AWWA C600. C. Route pipe in a straight line. Long radius (500 feet or more) curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid in accordance with City of Renton Supplemental Specification Section 7-11.3(4)A. Note that the Renton Specification supplements the 1996 WSDOT Standard Specifications. D. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be laid with polyethylene encasement in accordance with City of Renton Supplemental Specification Section 7-11.3(6). E. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction, without stressing pipe or joints. 1 F. Place irrigation pipe per the profile drawings and provide air-vacuum relief valves at high points, and as detailed. G. Form and place concrete for thrust blocks at each elbow or change of direction of pipe main. January 1999 02810-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD02810.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02810 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET H. Form and place concrete for deadman blocks at valves as detailed. I. Establish elevations of buried piping to ensure not less than 3 feet of cover for irrigation lines. J. Install buried warning tape continuous over top of pipe in accordance with Section 02225. K. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02225. L. Berm as required to provide a minimum of 3 feet of cover over new irrigation mains during the construction period. 3.04 INSTALLATION - VALVES A. Set valves on solid bearing. ' B. Center and plumb valve box over valve. Set box cover flush with finished grade. 3.05 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST A. Thrust blocks: Where any section of an irrigation line is provided with concrete thrust blocking for fittings, the hydrostatic tests shall not be made until sufficient time has been allowed for the concrete to cure before testing. B. Test Procedures: The combined hydrostatic pressure test and leakage test shall be completed in accordance with the City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section 7-11.3(11). All water used to perform hydrostatic pressure tests shall be charged a usage fee. 3.06 FLUSHING OF IRRIGATION LINES A. Flush irrigation lines to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. Provide 2-inch temporary blow-offs for flushing in accordance with City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Section 9-30.3(9). 3.07 BACKFILL A. Backfill in accordance with Sections 02223 and 02225. January 1999 02810-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD02810.D0C r ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 02810 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION SET 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with this Section. B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, or ASTM D2922. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. - END OF SECTION - j January 1999 02810-7 \014002\2220\wp\SD02810.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other Work. C. Form accessories. D. Form stripping. 1.02 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Supply of concrete accessories for placement by this section. B. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Supply of electrical items for placement by this section. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT B. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.04 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings 1 B. ACI 347 Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork C. APA Plywood Design Specification (American Plywood Association) 1.05 DESIGN REOUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line, and dimension. January 1999 03100- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD03100MOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03100 i SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION SET 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties for elevated formwork. i C. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation ■ requirements. D. Provide submittals for the following: ' 1. Form release agent. 2. Proprietary materials. 3. Certification that elevated formwork and shoring has been designed in accordance with Section 1.08 of this Specification 4. Precast concrete exposed to view. 5. Water stops. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Design formwork and shoring under direct supervision of a Professional Civil or Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Washington. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork. 1.10 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide under provisions of Section 01300. Coordinate with requirements stated in Sections 03200 and 03300. January 1999 03100-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\sDo3100.DDc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03100 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION SET 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture. B. Deliver void forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's ' packaging. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of Work which require attachment of components to formwork. B. If formwork is installed after placement of reinforcement and this results in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, then before proceeding, request instructions from the Owner's Representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD FORM MATE RIALS ERIALS A. Plywood: Douglas Fir species; APA B-B Plyform, Class I; sound undamaged sheets with clean, true edges. B. Lumber: Douglas Fir species; No. 2 grade; with grade stamp clearly visible. 2.02 PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage, matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces. 2.03 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Snap-off type, galvanized metal, adjustable length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. Do not use with concrete which is to be exposed to view. r iJanuary 1999 03100-3 WI4002\2220\wp\SD03I00.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03100 i SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION SET B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Corners: Fillet and chamfer, wood strip type; 3/4-inch by 3/4-inch size; , maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete; galvanized if remaining in concrete. E. Waterstops: Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50 degrees F to plus 175 degrees F working temperature range, minimum 6 inches wide, maximum possible lengths, center bulb with ribbed profile, preformed corner sections, heat welded jointing; split fin for formwork attachment; manufactured by the Burke Company, W. R. Meadows, or approved equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. 3.02 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms are not allowed, except for ductbank and utility construction. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. Utilities bedded or blocked in concrete or controlled density fill shall utilize undisturbed earth for forms. 3.03 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring, and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to over stressing by construction loads. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. January 1999 03100-4 \014002\2220\wp\.SD03100.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03100 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE FORMWORK ' CONSTRUCTION SET D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings. F. Provide fillet and chamfer strips on all exposed corners. G. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms from moisture or crushing. 3.04 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. rC. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS,AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete Work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other Work. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb unless specifically requiring specified slope or general slope requirement. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstoP s continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat-seal P g joints watertight. F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. January 1999 03100-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD03100.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03100 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION SET G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.06 FORM CLEANING A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.07 FORMWORK TOLERANCES r A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. ' B. Do not reuse wood formwork more than one time for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. 3.09 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Formwork not supporting concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, PP g and similar parts of the Work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at no less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided that curing and protection operations are maintained. January 1999 03100-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD03100.DOC i BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03100 �■► SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION SET C. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits,joists, slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days, and not until concrete has attained design minimum 28-day compressive strength. 1. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field-cured specimens representative of the concrete location or members. 2. Additional field-cured specimens may be required for removal of forms at 14 days. D. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. E. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 03100-7 \014002\2220\wp\SDO3100.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel bars, wire fabric and accessories for cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings B. ACI318 Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete C. ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement D. ASTM A706 Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete ' Reinforcement E. AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel F. CRSI Manual of Standard Practice (Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute) G. CRSI 63 Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars H. CRSI65 Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature I. WABO Washington Association of Building Officials 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. January 1999 03200- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD03200.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03200 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CONSTRUCTION SET B. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. Detail in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Mill Analysis: Submit mill analysis of reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric. Indicate heat numbers on mill analysis and shipment tickets, to , provide positive field identification. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63, CRSI65, and Manual of Standard Practice. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Provide the Owner's Representative with access to fabrication plant to P facilitate inspection of reinforcement. Provide notification of commencement and duration of shop fabrication in sufficient time to allow inspection. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Design reinforcement under direct supervision of a Professional Civil or Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Washington. B. Welders' Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the 12 months previous to submittal and WABO qualification as required by the City of Renton. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings, and other Work. See Section 03100. January 1999 03200-2 \014002\2220\wp\SDo3200.DOC jBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03200 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' CONSTRUCTION SET PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT rA. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield; deformed billet steel bars, unfinished. B. Welded Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A706, 60 KSI yield grade, deformed low-alloy steel bars; unfinished. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Plastic-coated steel type; CRSI Class I - Maximum protection; size and shape as required. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. ' B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Stagger splices such that 50 percent of splices are located at a spacing of(span/2) away from each other. Submit proposed splice locations for review and approval by the Owner's Representative. C. Weld reinforcement in accordance with AWS D1.4. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. January 1999 03200-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD03200.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03200 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CONSTRUCTION SET D. Conform to ACI 318 for concrete cover over reinforcement, if not defined in the Plans. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Sections 01400 and 01410. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 03200-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD03200.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete for site structures and utility bedding. B. Slabs on grade. C. Control, expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete Work, including joint sealants. D. Equipment u E9 P P utility ads, thrust blocks, utilit vaults and manholes. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK: Placement of waterstop in formwork. B. Section 05500- METAL FABRICATIONS: Embedments. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK: Formwork and accessories. B. Section 03200- CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT r C. Section 03346 - CONCRETE SIDEWALK/SLAB FINISHING D. Section 03370- CONCRETE CURING E. Section 05500- METAL FABRICATIONS F. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Electrical items for casting into concrete. 1.04 REFERENCES rA. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings B. ACI304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete r ' January 1999 03300- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET C. ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting D. ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting E. ACI 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete F. ASTM A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware G. ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates H. ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete I. ASTM C 109 Comprehensive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-inch or 5 mm Cube Specimens J. ASTM C150 Portland Cement K. ASTM C260 Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete L. ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete M. ASTM C618 Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Material Pozzolon for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete N. ASTM C672 Sealing Resistance of Concrete Surfaces Exposed to Deicing Chemicals O. ASTM C827 Early Volume Change of Cementitious Materials P. ASTM D 1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction Q. ASTM D2582 Puncture-Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting R. CRD C611 Flow of Grout Mixtures (Flow Cone Method - U.S. Army Corps of Engineers) S. CRD C621 Non-Shrink Grout January 1999 03300-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET T. ICBO International Conference of Building Officials ' U. UBC Uniform BuildingEdition Code (1994 ) 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide data on joint devices, anchor bolts, embedments, attachment accessories, and admixtures. C. Concrete Mix Reports: Reports for each concrete mix type that contains the information contained in Paragraph 2.05 (below). D. Test Reports: Laboratory test reports for aggregates and admixtures. E. Certificate of Compliance: Manufacturer's certificate of compliance for cement and fly ash. F. Records: Include exact mix proportions, slump, air entrainment, test strength, date, time, location of placement, weather conditions, and source of mix materials. G. Samples: Submit two 12-inch long samples of control, isolation, and expansion joint. H. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent Work. I. Mock-ups: Construct sidewalk mock-up per Section 03346. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and UBC 1994. If conflicting requirements, conform to UBC 1994. January 1999 03300-3 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all Work. For materials sources, use manufacturer selected by the Owner's Representative. , C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. D. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. E. Maintain one copy of each document on site. ' 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. Concrete formwork shall be in accordance with Section 03100. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type H - Moderate Portland Type; produced b YP YP as P Y manufacturer selected by the Owner's Representative. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates:re ates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260 as manufactured by Sika Corp., Masterbuilders Corp. or W. R. Grace. B. Chemical: ASTM C494 Type A - Water Reducing; Type B - Retarding; Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding; Type E - Water Reducing and Preserving, chloride on contact not to exceed 100 ppm; manufactured by Sika Corp., Masterbuilders Corp., or W. R. Grace. Admixtures selected shall be considered compatible with each other. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Polymer resin emulsion for use below-grade; and polyvinyl acetate for use above-grade; "Intralok" (below-grade) manufactured by W. R. Meadows; and "Weldcrete" (above-grade) manufactured by Larson Products. January 1999 03300-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET rB. Asphaltic Tape: Double-sided asphalt impregnated tape, 1-1/2 inches wide, suitable for bonding vapor barrier laps. C. "Construction" Grout: Non-shrink, premixed compound meeting Corps of Engineers CRD C621; consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, and water-reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi in 72 hours and 5,800 psi in 28 days when mixed in a fluid consistency; "4621 —Precision 621 Grout" manufactured by Insulmastic; "Super Flow", manufactured by Upcon; "Supreme Fine" by Cormix Construction Chemicals. ' D. 'Non-Shrink" Grout: Premixed, prepackaged, pretested, nonmetallic, non- corrosive, non-staining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing, and water-reducing agents, which meets the following criteria: 1. Packaged in bags which do not vary by more than 4 percent from the weight stated on the bag. 2. Have mixing instructions and expiration date clearly marked on each bag. 3. Contain no gas-generating or air-release agents such as aluminum powder. 4. Meet the requirements of CRD C621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout in a fluid consistency. Fluid consistency shall be defined as 25-second flow by Corps of Engineers Flow Cone Method CRD C611. The requirement of CRD C621 shall be passed at 70 degrees F ±5 degrees F for grout temperature. 5. Develop 2,500 psi compressive strength at 1 day, 5,000 psi compressive strength at 7 days, and 8,000 psi compressive strength at 28 days when mixed as a fluid grout, and tested per ASTM C 109. 6. Shrinkage limited to 0.00 inches in plastic state when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 and in hardened state when tested in accordance with Corps of Engineers CRD C621. iJanuary 1999 03300-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET 7. Maintain fluid or flowable consistency with slight agitation or , stirring for 45 minutes after mixing per Corps of Engineer CRD 611. The grout shall meet the following requirements without adding additional water: Time After Mixing Maximum Flow Cone Time , (CRD C611) Initial 25 secs. 5 minutes 32 secs. 15 minutes 40 secs. 30 minutes 50 secs. 45 minutes 75 secs. , E. Concrete Inserts: Cast iron or malleable iron inserts of the type and size shown, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication with 1.5 ounces per square foot I of zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class B-2. Galvanize fabrications, other inserts and embedded and below-grade weldments. F. Expansion Anchors: Positive wedge-action anchor bolts with wedge dimple collars and fasted impact section. Load capacity shall be equal to or greater than that for Hilti-Kwik Bolt II anchor bolts listed in ICBO Report No. 4627. G. Epoxy (Adhesive) Anchors: A 100 percent solids-, epoxy, non-shrink grout , in paste form, delivered to the anchor hole by an automatic mixing system. (2 component cartridge with motionless mixer is acceptable.) System must be ICBO approved for anchoring in Portland Cement Concrete (or unreinforced masonry as required). Approved Systems (Materials): Anchor-it Fastening System using Solid , Bond HS or HR, manufactured by Adhesives Technology Corporation in Kent, Washington; Hilti HVA Adhesive Anchor system using HAS anchor rod assembly; or approved equal. H. Penetrating Sealers - Silane: 20 percent solids isooctyl alkylalkoxy silane , sealer water-repelling coating for concrete walls and slabs exposed to weather; resistant to salts, de-icer chemicals, moisture, and acids; clear and non-yellowing; capable of 1/8-inch minimum penetration possessing the following characteristics: 1. Reduce water absorption and chloride intrusion by a minimum of 80 ' percent. January 1999 03300-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET 2. "No Scaling" after 50 cycles as compared to untreated concrete when tested by ASTM C672. ' 3. Slight darkening of surface appearance after coating application is acceptable. ' 4. Submit certified independent test results which demonstrate conformance to the above requirements. Provide a 5-year warranty against water penetration through sound concrete and concrete spalling or damage from freeze-thaw cycles or penetration of chlorides. 5. Provide Enviroseal 20, Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc., or approved equal. I. Anchor Bolt Sleeves: High-density polyethylene sleeve for use with 1/2- inch diameter through 3-inch diameter anchor bolts. Supply Sinco/Wilson Anchor Bolt Sleeves by Sinco Products Inc., or approved equal. 2.04 JOINT MATERIALS A. Joint Filler: ASTM D1752, type I; closed cell isometric polymeric foam, resilient recovery of 95 percent if not compressed more than 50 percent of original thickness; 1/2-inch thick "Ceramar", manufactured by W. R. Meadows. 1 B. Expansion Joint Cap: Removable, high-impact extruded polystyrene, placed on joint filler during concrete placement; removed after curing to expose 1/2-inch deep sealant trough of covered dimensions; "Joint Cap" by the Burke Company, or approved equal. C. Construction Joint Devices: Integral galvanized steel, formed to tongue and groove profile, with removable top strip exposing sealant trough, knockout holes spaced at 6 inches, ribbed steel spikes with tongue to fit top screed edge; "Keyed Kold Joint" with removable "Keyed Kold Kap" manufactured ' by The Burke Company. D. Rubber-Asphalt Filler and Sealant: Hot-applied coal tar and rubber compound. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX ' A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Alternative No. 3. January 1999 03300-7 \0I4002\22M0 p\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET ' B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with UBC 1994 Section 1905, and conform to the criteria for each mix following. C. Provide concrete to the following criteria: 1. Mix R-1 (Standard Mix) Measurement , Compressive Strength 2,000 psi (7-day) ve Com ressi Strength 4�000 psi P g (28-day) Water/Cement Ratio 0.45 by weight (maximum) (mass) Aggregate Size No. 67 (3/4 inch max.) Admixture ASTM C494, Type A , Air Entrained 4 ± 1 percent Slump 3 ± 1 inch Cement Content 6-1/2 sacks (Minimum) per cubic yard Fly Ash Content 15 percent of t (Maximum) cement content 2. Mix R-2 (Sidewalks & Pavements) Measurement Compressive Strength 1,500 psi , (7-day) Compressive Strength 3,000 psi ' (28-day) Water/Cement Ratio 0.50 by weight (maximum) Aggregate Size No. 7 (1/2 inch max.) Admixture ASTM C494, Type A Air Entrained 5 ± 1 percent , January 1999 03300- 8 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET ' Slump 3 ± 1 inch Cement Content 6 sacks per ' (minimum) cubic yard Fly Ash Content 15 percent of ' (maximum) cement content Color Natural color except as Specified in Section 16118 3. Mix T-1 ' (Tremie Seal) Compressive Strength 1,000 psi (7-day) Compressive Strength 2,000 psi (28-day) Mix Design by Contractor for tremie seal. Submit to the Owner's Representative for approval. D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by the Owner's Representative. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. ' E. Do not use calcium chloride. F. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by the Owner's Representative. G. Add air-entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix as noted. H. Superplasticizer may be used to increase slump, water/cement ratio shall not ' be changed. I. Color of cured concrete shall be as Scheduled herein. rJanuary 1999 03300-9 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement are in accordance , with Section 03200. B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast , into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. Electrical items for casting into concrete shall be in accordance with Division 16. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by roughening with a bush hammer, cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing Work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R and UBC 1994. B. Notify the Owner's Representative a minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations. ' C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed control, isolation, and expansion joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. D. Place joint filler in placement sequence, with expansion joint cap installed. Set joint cap top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet , concrete. E. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab so as to install expansion joint cap , within 1/2 inch of finished slab surface. F. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. G. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. January 1999 03300- 10 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC r BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET H. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. I. Saw cut joints within 24 hours after placing. Use 1/4-inch thick blade. J. Screed slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/8 inch in 10 feet. MK. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 GROUT INSTALLATION A. Clean surfaces to be grouted of all deleterious material, including anchor ' bolt sleeves, below wall panels, and elsewhere. B. Soak existing concrete with water. Do not allow standing water. C. Maintain minimum grout space of 1/24 of base width, or as noted on Drawings, whichever is greater. D. Hardshim bases in place: Do not use leveling nuts. E. Construct grout forms such that grout may be trimmed at 45-degree angle. Seal spaces to contain grout in confined space. F. Place typical grouts in fluid consistency. Dry-Pack as approved by the Owner's Representative. G. Strip forms while grout is still "green" and trim to 45-degree profile. H. Seal grout as required by grout manufacturer. I. Provide all other means necessary for proper grouting in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. 3.05 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Provide formed concrete surfaces with smooth-rubbed finish. B. Finish horizontal concrete surfaces except for slab and sidewalks in accordance with ACI 301. ' C. For concrete sidewalks, conform to Section 03346. January 1999 03300- 11 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET 3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308. Cure concrete floor slabs in conformance with Section 03370. D. Apply penetrating sealer to all exterior concrete slabs and sidewalks exposed to weather in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Apply to surfaces , 30 days old and which have been cured and allowed to dry 30 days. Do not apply if rain is expected within 3 days. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 ' and UBC 1994 under provisions of Sections 01400 and 01410. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. , C. Submit approved mix designs to the approved inspection and testing firm for , review prior to commencement of Work. D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. 3.08 PATCHING A. Notify the Owner's Representative to allow inspection of concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Excessive honeycomb, voids, and embedded debris in concrete are not acceptable. Notify the Owner's Representative upon discovery. , C. Patch imperfections, only after notification, inspection, and approval by the Owner's Representative. Perform work in conformance to ACI 301. 3.09 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. January 1999 03300- 12 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET r B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Owner's Representative and corrected by the Contractor, at no additional cost to Owner. tC. Contractor is strictly prohibited from patching, filling, touching-up, repairing, or replacing exposed concrete, voids, or honeycomb, except upon express direction of the Owner's Representative, for each individual area. 3.10 SCHEDULE - CONCRETE TYPES rA. Typical Concrete Work: 4,000 psi, Mix R-1. B. Sidewalks: 3,000 psi, Mix R-2. C. Tremie Seal: 2,000 psi, Mix T-1. 3.11 SCHEDULE - CONCRETE FINISHES A. Typical exposed-to-view formed finishes: Stone-rubbed finish with hardener (Refer to Section 03346 for hardener). B. Concrete Sidewalks: See Section 03346. 3.12 SCHEDULE - CONCRETE COLOR A. Standard Color: Natural Portland cement gray, except as specified or detailed. B. Hardscape: See Section 03346 for specific color requirements. ' 3.13 SCHEDULE - GROUT A. General Applications: "Construction" Grout. B. Piping Supports "Non-Shrink" Grout. 3.14 SCHEDULE -BONDING AGENT A. Typical Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate. B. Below-Grade Use: Polymer resin emulsion. r r January 1999 03300- 13 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03300 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SET 3.15 SCHEDULE - PENETRATING SEALER , A. Sidewalks. B. Concrete Pavements. C. Other Concrete Exposed to Weather. -END OF SECTION- ' January 1999 03300- 14 \014002\2220\wp\SD03300.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 03346 ' CONCRETE SIDEWALK/SLAB FINISHING ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finishing slabs on grade and sidewalks. ' B. Surface treatment with sealer and slip resistant coatings. C. Concrete for integral curbs and gutters. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02207 - AGGREGATE MATERIALS B. Section 03100- CONCRETE FORMWORK C. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' D. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Prepared concrete floors ready to receive finish; control and formed expansion and contraction joints and joint devices. E. Section 03370- CONCRETE CURING 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings B. ACI 302 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction C. ACI318 Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete ' D. ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement E. ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete F. WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (1998 Edition) iJanuary 1999 03346- 1 \0 I 4002\2220\wp\S D03 346.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03346 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE SIDEWALK/ CONSTRUCTION SET SLAB FINISHING 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler sealer and slip resistant treatment, ' sealant, admixtures, curing compounds, compatibilities, and limitations. C. Manufacturer's Installation or Application Instructions. D. Mock-ups: Prepare one sample mock-up of sidewalk surface illustrating ' specified textured finish and color. Mock-up shall remain as sample to match throughout project, and shall be a minimum of 5 feet wide and 6 feet long with one control joint at center. Make up to three mock-ups to meet , Owner's requirements. 1.05 MAINTENANCE DATA ' A. Submit under provisions of Section 01730. B. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings. ' 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI302 and Sections , 03100, 03200, 03300 and 03370. B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout. ' 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING , A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, or surface is wet or frozen. 1.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit proposed mix design and test records for the identical mix to the , Owner's Representative for review prior to commencement of work. January 1999 03346-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD03346DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03346 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE SIDEWALK/ CONSTRUCTION SET SLAB FINISHING B. Test records shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318, Part 5.3.1, except that for test record data to be included as part of the 30 required tests, data shall be dated no more than 2 years prior to the date of first concrete placement as a part of the Work of this Contract. C. Tests on cement and aggregates will be performed to ensure conformance ' with specified requirements. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the Work with concrete slab placement and concrete slab curing. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete Mix: Mix R-2, Per Section 03300. 2.02 COMPOUNDS - SEALERS ' A. Penetrating Sealer: Refer to Sections 03300. 2.03 FORM MATERIALS ' A. Form Materials: As specified in Section 03100. 1 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Materials: As specified in Section 03300, and as specified herein. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify base conditions, in accordance with Section 01400. B. Verify compacted subgrade and granular base or stabilized soil is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. ' C. Verifygradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02 SUBBASE A. Section 02207 specifies the materials and methods used in the construction of the crushed surfacing top course used for Work of this Section. ' January 1999 03346-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD03346.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03346 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE SIDEWALK/ CONSTRUCTION SET SLAB FINISHING ' 3.03 PREPARATION , A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. B. Coat surfaces of manholes, catch basins, and vaults with oil to prevent bond , with concrete pavement. C. Notify the Owner's Representative a minimum 48 hours prior to , commencement of concreting operations. 3.04 FORMING , A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. , B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. ' C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 3.05 PLACING CONCRETE ' A. In accordance with Section 03300. 3.06 JOINTS , A. Place expansion joints at 20-foot intervals, or as shown. Align curb, gutter, ' and sidewalk joints. B. Place joint filler between paving components and building structures or ' appurtenances. C. Provide keyed joints as indicated. , 3.07 SLAB FINISHING A. Finish concrete slab surfaces in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302. B. Curbs and Gutters: Steel trowel. , C. Steel trowel surfaces which are scheduled to have broom finish. , D. Inclined Vehicular Ramps: Broom perpendicular to slope. ' January 1999 03346-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD03346.DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03346 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE SIDEWALK/ CONSTRUCTION SET SLAB FINISHING ' E. Scarify areas which are to be grouted. F. Broom Finish: After applying steel trowel finish to slab, slabs so specified shall receive broom finish. The broom shall be of a type approved by the Owner's Representative that will produce corrugations not over 1/16 inch deep. Strokes of the broom shall be to the edge of the slab and in the ' direction of drainage slope. The finished surface shall be free of defects including: porous spots, irregularities, depressions, and pockets. G. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.08 SLAB SURFACE TREATMENT A. Apply penetrating sealer to all exterior concrete exposed to weather. 3.09 TOLERANCES ' A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness For Concrete Slabs: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. ' B. Correct defects in the defined traffic area by grinding or removal and replacement of the defective Work. Areas requiring corrective Work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.10 SCHEDULES A. Concrete Sidewalks: 4 inches minimum thickness; Mix R-2. ' B. Concrete Curbs and Gutters: natural color Portland cement; Mix R-2. -END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 03346-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD03346.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ' CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 03370 CONCRETE CURING PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' B. Section 03346 - CONCRETE SIDEWALK/SLAB FINISHING ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings B. ACI302 Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction C. ACI 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete ' D. ASTM C 171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete E. ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. iB. Product Data: Provide data on curing compounds, mats, compatibilities, and limitations. ' 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301, ACI302 and Sections 03300 and 03346. January 1999 03370- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SDD03370.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03370 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE CURING CONSTRUCTION SET ' 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver curing materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions. , PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS , A. Membrane Curing Compound Type A: ASTM C309 Type 1 Class B , dissipating resin type, clear without fugitive dye; Kurez DR manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. , B. Absorptive Mats Type B: ASTM C171, cotton fabric or burlap-polyethylene, minimum 8 ounces per square yard bonded to prevent separation during handling and placing. C. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION r A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to be cured. ' 3.02 EXECUTION - HORIZONTAL SURFACES A. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. B. Cotton Fabric Absorptive Mat: Spread mat over floor slab areas. Spray , with water until mats are saturated, and maintain in saturated condition for 7 days. C. Burlap polyethylene Absorptive Mat: Saturate burlap polyethylene and place burlap side down over floor slab areas, lapping ends and sides; ' maintain in place for 7 days. D. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply curing compound in accordance with ' manufacturer's instructions in two coats with second coat applied at right angles to first. January 1999 03370-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD03370DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 03370 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONCRETE CURING CONSTRUCTION SET ' 3.03 EXECUTION - VERTICAL SURFACES A. Cure surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. ' 1. Spraying: Spray water over surfaces and maintain wet for 7 days. ' 2. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in two coats with second coat applied at right angles to first. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK ' A. Protect finished Work after completion and until accepted by Owner for occupancy. ' B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected slab surface. ' 3.05 SCHEDULES A. Areas to Receive Sealers: Absorptive mat Type B cure. ' B. All other Areas: Membrane curing compound Type A cure. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 03370-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD03370.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 05120 STRUCTURALSTEEL ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Structural steel framing members and support members. ' B. Base plates and connectors. C. Grouting under base plates. D. Bolting and welding. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION ' A. Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Anchors for casting into concrete. ' 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Grout. B. Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Non-framing steel fabrications affecting structural steel Work. C. Section 09900 - PAINTING: Field painting. ' 1.04 REFERENCES A. AISC Manual of Steel Construction, ASD, 9th Edition, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings B. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; Paragraph 4.2.1 modified by deletion of the following sentence: "This approval constitutes Owner's acceptance of all ' responsibility for the design adequacy of any connections designed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these Shop Drawings". C. AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts: November 1985. Approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation (RCSC) ' January 1999 05120- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD05120.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET D. ASTM A36 Structural Steel E. ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless F. ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile G. ASTM A325 Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi minimum Tensile Strength H. ASTM A490 Heat-Treated Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minimum , Tensile Strength I. ASTM A500 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel ' Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes J. ASTM F959 Compressible Washer Type e Direct Tension Indicators ' P for Use With Structural Fasteners ' K. AWS A2.04 Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestruction Examination , L. AWS A5.1 Specifications for Mild Steel-Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes M. AWS A5.5 Specification for Low-Alloy Steel-Covered Arc- Welding Electrodes N. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, Steel O. SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members i openings and fasteners. 2. Indicate complete connection details ' 3. Show member cambers ' January 1999 05120-2 \014002\2220\wp\SDo512o.Doc ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET ' 4. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.04 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 5. Include with each detail, reference to the Owner's Representative Drawings and details. ' C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products including bolts, nuts, washers, and load indicating washers, meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Mill Test Reports: Submit indicating structural strength, and destructive and non-destructive test analysis. ' E. Qualifications: Submit certification for all qualifying criteria specified herein. ' F. WeldingProcedures: Except for welded joints pre qualified b AWS D1.1, P J P q Y ' submit to the Owner's Representative the detailed description of welding procedures proposed for use on structural metals. Obtain approval prior to any welding operation. Furnish Joint welding procedure qualification tests, as required by AWS D1.1 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. B. Perform Work for exposed structural steel in accordance with AISC - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, Section 10, ' Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. D. Connection Identification: Each person installing connections shall be assigned an identifying symbol or mark, and all shop and field connections shall be so identified so that the Owner's Test Agency can refer to the person making the connection. ' E. Vendor Quality Assurance: The fastener supplier shall visit the project site during the bolting start-up to demonstrate proper installation procedures and verify inspection procedure with the Owner's Test Agency. January 1999 05120-3 \074002\2220\wp\SDO512O.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET F. Engineering by Contractor: Design and calculations shall be prepared by a , Civil or Structural Engineer for the support of hoisting equipment, welding machines, and other superimposed loads; for the stacking of materials and where required for temporary bracing shoring and other safety related ' construction procedures. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain and pay for such engineering services. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section ' with minimum five years of documented experience. Fabricator shall be certified under the AISC Quality Certification Program, Category 1 B. Erector: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with t minimum five years of documented experience. C. Welders Certificates: Welders shall be certified by the American Welding ' Society and Washington Association of Building Officials. For structural welding, furnish qualification test reports bearing witness to certification by , an independent testing laboratory and inspection agency approved by the Owner's Representative. If the welder has not been engaged in welding work for a period of 30 days or more, requalify him to do structural welding Work. Welders of structural steel tubes shall have qualification as required by AWS D1.1. Each welder shall mark his identification symbol on his Work. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS ' A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36. B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B. ' D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325; shall be American made. ' E. Load indicating Washers: ASTM F959; shall be American made. F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307; shall be American made. , January 1999 05120-4 \0I4002U220\wp\SD05120.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET ' G. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. AWS A5.1 or A5.5, E70XX electrodes unless approved by the Owner's Representative. ' H. Grout: "Non-Shrink" Grout. Refer to Section 03300. ' I. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: Zinc Rich Urethane Primer - 90-97 Tneme - Zinc, by Tnemec Company, Inc. 3 mils, dry film thickness. t2.02 FABRICATION A. General ' 1. Fabricate all structural steel in accordance with the requirements of AISC Specifications and in strict accordance with the details shown ' on the construction documents or as accepted on Shop Drawings. Identify all steel at mill, showing grade and yield points. 2. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 3. Straightened Material: Examine all straightened material prior to fabrication for signs of distress or other defects; no distressed or otherwise defective material will be accepted. ' 4. Openings and Holes ' a. All holes and openings not indicated on the Structural Drawings must be approved by the Owner's Representative. b. Do no flame cutting by hand unless approved by the Owner's Representative. ' C. All flame-cut holes shall be smoothed by chipping, planing, or grinding members to required tolerances. d. No sharp bends or kinks will be allowed. e. No flame cutting by hand is allowed for holes for ' connections. ' January 1999 05120-5 \0I4002\22204p\SD05120.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET B. Connections ' 1. Form connections as detailed; make all shop connections by welding or bolting as approved on Shop Drawings. ' 2. No combination of bolts and welds shall be used for stress transmission in the same faying face of any connection without prior , approval by the Owner's Representative. C. Welding ' 1. Welding, filler material, and welding techniques and procedures shall be in accordance with the AISC "Specification for Structural ' Steel Buildings," and the AWS "Structural Welding Code". 2. Welding processes other than shielded metal arc and submerged arc ' may be used, provided procedure qualification tests in accordance with the AWS are made for the intended application of all such , processes. 3. Built-up sections assembled by welding, when present, shall be free of warpage, and all faces shall have true alignment. 4. Welds not specified shall be continuous fillet welds, using not less , than the minimum fillet as specified by AWS. 5. Welding sequences, pre/post-heat methods, and detailing of joints ' shall be such as to reduce the residual stresses to a minimum. 6. The toughness and notch sensitivity of the steel shall be considered ' in the formation of all welding procedures to prevent brittle and premature fracture during fabrication and erection. 7. Prepare and clean sharp edges to be joined of all oil, grease, scale, ' and rust in accordance with AWS D1.1. 8. Cleaning: Remove all slag or flux remaining on any bead before proceeding. Remove any cracks or blow holes that appear on any bead by chipping, grinding, or gas-gouging before proceeding. ' 9. All AISC Group 4 and 5 rolled sections shall not be spliced or ' connected by partial or complete penetration field welding. Consult the Owner's Representative if Drawings show such requirements. January 1999 05120-6 \014002\2220\wp\SD05120.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET 10. Continuously seal joined members by intermittent welds and plastic filler. Grind exposed welds smooth. D. Allowable Tolerances: In accordance with requirements of AISC Specification, and as required to maintain the erection tolerances specified herein. 2.03 FINISH A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 6, Commercial Blast Clean. B. Shop prime all structural steel members in accordance with Section 09900. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Testingand analysis of components will be performed under provisions of Y P P Sections 01400 and 01410. B. Welded Connections: For each operator and each days Work the Owner's Test Agency will perform nondestructive testing of field and shop welds, including stud welds, in accordance with provisions of Sections 01400 and 01410. C. Bolts 1. After receipt by the fabricator or erector, additional testing of bolts is required. Four bolts, selected at random, for each shipment of a particular diameter and length shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory. Using a bolt-tension calibrator, bolts shall not fail when being torqued to produce a tension of 105 percent of the Bolting Specification minimum fastener tension. 2. Visually inspect bolted connections to verify installation of specified bolt types and sizes in proper connections. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work. January 1999 05120-7 \014002\2220\wp\SD05120.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET 3.02 ERECTION A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. B. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of the Owner's Representative. D. Embedded Items: Furnish anchor bolts and templates, and other items as indicted, to other Sections for installation prior to placement of concrete in accordance with Section 05500. E. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide as required with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. F. Erect structural steel framing in accordance with governing Codes and Specifications. Conform with configurations and connections as approved on Shop and Erection Drawings. 1. Prior to assembly, clean bearing surfaces and surfaces which will be in permanent contact. 2. Align and adjust various members of framing system prior to fastening. 3. Splice structural members only where indicated or approved by the Owner's Representative. 4. Fasten splices of compression members after bringing abutting surfaces completely into contact. Make all field connections by high-strength bolting or welding, unless otherwise noted. 5. Tighten and leave erection bolts in place after welding. Where high- strength bolts are required, provide identified and marked bolts. Install using procedure as hereinafter specified; mark tightened bolts. 6. Cut holes b drilling only. Y g Y 7. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field, unless approved by the Owner's Representative for correcting fabrication errors in the structural framing. January 1999 05120- 8 \oiaooz\zzzo\wp\snosizo.noc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET 8. Drift pins shall not be used to enlarge unfair holes in main material. IHoles that must be enlarged shall be reamed up to a maximum of 1/16 of an inch larger to admit bolts. Burning, drifting and reaming may be used to align unfair holes in members only after approval by the Owner's Representative. 9. Furnish shim plates or develop fills where required to obtain proper fit and alignment. 10. Mutilate threads or use lock nuts for unfinished bolts to prevent nuts from backing off. Draw unfinished bolt heads and nuts tight against the Work. G. High-Strength Bolt Installation and Inspection for Slip Critical Conditions ' 1. General: All high-strength bolts, nuts, and washers, as well as their installation and inspection, shall conform to the requirements of the current edition of the AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, except that the installation of "turn-of- nut tightening" will not be accepted. All high-strength bolts, both friction and bearing type, shall be installed in accordance with Paragraph ASTM A490 8(D)4, "Tightening by Use of Direct Tension Indicator", unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Load-indicator Washers (LIW) shall be used as the authorized direct tension indicator. a. Load Indicator Washers (LIW): LIW shall be supplied, providing tensions at gaps specified not less than the minimum and no more than 20 percent above the minimum bolt tensions per Table 3 (-0 percent to +20 percent). The manufacturer shall provide certified test reports of at least three (3) load indicators from each heat supplied to confirm the tolerance range (-0 percent to +20 percent). Hardened washers shall be used under elements turned on all high- strength bolts to reduce galling of components. (1) Prior to the final tightening of all high-strength bolts in multi-bolt connections, draw together all the plies of steel by partially compressing LIW protrusions during "snug tight" operation. This will show that each bolt has been partially tensioned, allowing for plate compression so that there will be no subsequent loosening of the bolts when they are finally tightened. The tensioning shall progress systematically from the January 1999 05120-9 \014002\2220\wp\SD05120.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET most rigid part of the joint to its free edges until the protrusions of all LIW's are closed to the required gap. (2) The Owner's Test Agency need not be present during the entire installation and tightening operation, provided the Owner's Test Agency has done the following: (a) Inspected the surface and bolt type for conformance to Plans and Specifications prior to start of bolting. (b) Will, upon completion of all bolting, verify the minimum specified bolt tensions visually and by using the feeler gauge as "no-go" inspection on a few bolts in each connection (10 percent or two bolts, whichever is greater). b. Other Inspections: In LIW installations, the Owner's Test Agency shall further examine large, multi-bolt, multi-row connections for possible loss of bolt tensions due to fit-up problems. In the case of a dispute regarding final installed bolt tensions in a specific joint, a calibrated torque wrench shall be used in the presence of the Owner's Representative to verify the installation as outlined in Section 8(D)4 of "Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". H. Base and Bearing Plates: Align attached base and bearing plates for beams and similar structural members. Set base and bearing plates. Hardshim in place, do not use leveling nuts. Tighten nuts and cut hardshims flush with edge of base plate. Grout solid with nonshrink grout as specified. I. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Allowable Tolerances: In accordance with requirements of AISC. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the correct fitting of all structural members and for the elevation and alignment of the finished structure. Any adjustment necessary in the steel frame because of discrepancies in elevations and alignment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Refer to the Drawings for additional requirements. i January 1999 05120- 10 \014002\2220\wp\SD05120.DOC rBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05120 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SET r 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Sections 01400 and 01410. B. Field Survey: Make an accurate survey of alignments and elevations of all steel members as noted on the Drawings. If locations vary beyond the allowable tolerances, notify the Owner's Representative, take necessary corrective measures, and modify details and procedures as required and approved. Permanent bench marks shall be established by a Registered Professional Engineer employed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. -END OF SECTION- r r r r January 1999 05120- 11 \014002\2220\wp\SD05120.DOC 1 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted. B. Ladders. C. Grating. i� D. Handrail. E. Anchor Bolts. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section '05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL: Structural steel and machinery anchor bolts; welders qualifications. B. Section 09900- PAINTING: Paint finish. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 Structural Steel B. ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless C. ASTM A123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ■ D. ASTM A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware E. ASTM A283 Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates F. ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile January 1999 05500- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp�SDO5500.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05500 L SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT METAL FABRICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET G. ASTM A325 Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi minimum Tensile Strength H. ASTM A500 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes I. ASTM A513 Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing J. ASTM A780 Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings K. AWS A2.04 Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination L. AWS Dl.l Structural Welding Code, Steel M. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers: Metal Bar Grating Manual N. SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 1.05 SUBMITTALS r A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. For fabrications by others, submit manufacturer's standard Shop Drawings. C. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.04 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Prepare Shop Drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Civil or Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Washington. B. Welders Certificates: Submit as required in Section 05120. January 1999 05500-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD05500.DOC lBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05500 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT METAL FABRICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections and Plates: ASTM A36 and ASTM A283. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40. D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 and A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. All products must be made in the U.S.A. E. Round Mechanical � YP Tubing: ASTM A513 Type 5, drawn over mandrel. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. G. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: Refer to Section 05120. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed butt type joints tight and flush. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. January 1999 05500-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD05500.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05500 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT METAL FABRICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET 2.03 FINISHES A. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC SP 6 - Commercial Blast Clean. B. Prime paint items with 3 mils dry film thickness. C. Galvanize in accordance with ASTM A123, structural steel members. Provide minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot galvanized coating. 2.04 SHOP FABRICATIONS A. Floor Grating 1. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Bar Grating Manual". 2. Description: Standard serrated welded steel grating. Provide bearing bar sizes as noted on the Drawings. Bearing bar spacing shall be 1- 3/16 inch with twisted cross bars at 4 inch centers. Provide IKG "Weldforged" Type W 194 or equal. 3. Band all cut bearing bars and holes with 1/8 inch steel flat bar. 4. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, attach with No. 14 self- tapping screws and "Type C" saddle clips. Provide minimum of 4 clips per grating piece at each support. Maximum space = 1'-0". Grating over vault sumps shall be removable for maintenance and shall not be anchored. 5. Finish: Galvanized. B. Miscellaneous Steel Trim Shapes 1. Provide shapes and sizes as required for the profile chosen. 2. Fabricate all items from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, unless specifically indicated otherwise. 3. All welds shall be continuous and ground smooth. 4. All exposed edges shall be ground smooth. 5. Provide all necessary rycutouts fittings, and anchorages required for coordination of assembly and installation with other Work. January 1999 05500-4 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD05500.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05500 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT METAL FABRICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET C. Handrails and Railings 1. Cut ends square within 2 degrees and to lengths within 1/8 inch. 2. Remove burrs from cut edges. 3. Form elbow bends and wall returns to uniform radius, free from buckles and twists, with finished surfaces smooth. 4. Close exposed ends of steel pipe by welding 3/16 inch thick steel plate in place or use prefabricated fittings. 5. Where posts set into concrete, furnish 6 inches long matching sleeves. Grout with construction grout. 6. Where posts set on stair stringers, weld 3/16 inch thick plate to bottom, for field welding to top flange of stringer. ' 7. Welding: Miter and cope intersections of posts and rails within 2 degrees, fit to within 0.02 inches and weld all around. Thoroughly fuse without undercutting or overlap. Remove splatter, grind exposed welds to blend and contour surfaces to match those adjacent. Discoloration of finished surfaces will not be acceptable. 8. Form and assemble joints which will be exposed to the weather so as to exclude water. 9. Prime paint finish. D. Ladders 1. Fabricate from ASTM A36 steel as noted on the Drawings. 2. Grind buns and welds smooth. E. Anchor Bolts 1. Fabricate to ASTM A307 or ASTM A325 bolt specifications as noted on the Drawings. Provide heavy hex head and fully threaded projection. 2. Galvanize all bolts exposed to weather or cast and exposed below grade. iJanuary 1999 05500-5 \014002\2220\wp\SDO5500.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05500 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT METAL FABRICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates, to appropriate sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D 1.1. E. Obtain approval of the Owner's Representative prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not galvanized. G. After erection repair damaged galvanizing with zinc rich paint in accordance with ASTM A780. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.05 PROTECTION OF BELOW-GRADE STEEL FABRICATIONS A. Refer to Section 05120. January 1999 05500-6 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD05500.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 05500 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT METAL FABRICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SET ' 3.06 SCHEDULE A. The Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. B. Fabricate assemblies in shop in as large a piece as practical; as detailed; prime paint finish; top coat as noted in Section 09900, or as shown on the Drawings. C. Embedments For Concrete, and Below-Grade Weld Plates: As detailed, galvanized finish. D. Handrails and Guardrails: Shop prime, field finish. E. Unpainted Exterior Fabrications: Galvanized. F. Metal Ladders: Galvanize, finish paint. G. Anchor Bolts: Black finish except galvanize bolts below grade or exposed to weather. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 05500-7 \014002\2220\wp\SD05500.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK WA SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 13150 LAKE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS S7, i wAscl 4 � U) 0028934CIS T O��SSJ�NAL� EXPIRES January 29, 1999 (Boeing Phase II) 1 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK, WA SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 13150 LAKE CONSTRUCTION Part 1: GENERAL I. SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Fine Grading and other grading modification required in the 1 installation of the Lake Systems 2. Compacted Pond Backfill 3 Lake Aeration Systems - new and extension of existing 4 Recirculation Pumping Systems - new and rework of existing 5. Lake Mechanical, Hydraulic and Water Quality systems including Equipment Vaults, Electrical Control Panel, etc. 6. Water Supply Level Sensors, electrically actuated fill line valve, electrically actuated Lake Level Control Valves 7. Miscellaneous items required for a complete operational lake system. 8. Lake Fill up, (including temporary fill line to mitigate localized erosion of compacted pond backfill) 9. Operational Testing of Lake System January 11, 1999 13150-1 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET 10. Maintenance of the Lake System during Operational Testing Phase B. RELATED WORK 1. Sheet Piling 2. Dewatermg systems 3. Rough Grading of Lake Basins 4. Storm Drainage Piping and Control Structure 5. Electrical power adjacent to the Equipment Vault 6. Water Supply Line for Lake Fill up , 7. Storm Drain 8. Irrigation System 9. Wetlands Plantings 10. Landscaping work. Reference Specifications and Standards: o Uniform Building Code, current Edition o Uniform Plumbing Code, current Edition o Manual of Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction, 8th Edition o National Electrical Code, current edition o Manual of Standard Practice, Concrete Reinforcing Institute O American Concrete Institute ACI 301, 302 and 318 for Reinforced Concrete o Applicable Federal, State and local Safety Codes, ordinances and orders I1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Plans, Specifications and other contract documents shall overn the P g Work. The Plans and Specifications and other contract documents are January 11, 1999 13150-2 0 1 4002/2220/wp/sd 13150.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET intended to be complementary, to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, shall be as though shown or mentioned in both. Any conflict identified between the plans and specifications shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Owner's Representative to review and provide written clarification and direction. B. In submitting a proposal for this project, the bidder is required to visit the project and examine the site of the work to fully understand the scope of work, the materials, labor and workmanship required and the conditions under which they will be provided. All special conditions set forth in the bidding documents shall be a part of these Specifications. C. Before entering into a contract for execution of the work, the Contractor shall verify all quantities, dimensions and shall, upon discovering any error or omission or discrepancies between the Plans, Specifications and actual conditions, immediately call it to the attention of the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. No work shall be done where there is a discrepancy until approval has been given by the Owner's Representative. D. The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, provide plans locating existing lines and underground utilities. Before excavating, the Contractor shall verify the location of cables, conduits, pipes, sewers and other underground utilities and shall take proper precautions to avoid damage to such utilities. In the event of a conflict or discrepancies, the Contractor shall promptly notify The Owner and request for necessary relocation. Failure to follow .this procedure places upon the Contractor the responsibility of making any and all repairs for damages of any kind at his expense. E. The Contractor shall provide necessary safeguards and exercise caution against damage to existing site improvements. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations and shall repair or replace such damage at his own expense. F. The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete lake system as described in the scope of work. All work shall be in strict accordance with Plans, Specifications and existing codes and regulations. G. Soils reports, Improvements Plans, Landscape Plans, and other documents have been prepared for this project. By reference, these project documents are made a part of these specifications. Copies of the plans and reports are available for inspection at the Owner's office. January 11, 1999 13150-3 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET H. CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION The Contractor and his field supervisor assigned to this project shall have the minimum qualifications of having successfully completed five lake projects of equal or greater scope than this project. The Contractor shall submit a reference list of Landscape Architects/Engineers, Owners, etc., with a brief description of the work involved. I. TERMINOLOGY As used throughout in the Specifications, the following terms shall mean - "Lake" or "Lake System" : the water feature for which the Work has to be done. The term Lake or Lake System shall also apply to streams, ponds, and water features as indicated on the Owner's Representative's Plan. "Owner" : the Owner of the project or the duly authorized representative of the Owner. "Contractor": the Lake Contractor. "Owner's Representative": Owner's Representative. "Engineer" : Owner's Representative. "Landscape Architect" : Owner's Representative. III. PRODUCTS A. PRODUCTS NOT SPECIFIED BY BRAND NAME OR SUPPLIER WATER FEATURE SYSTEM PIPING 1. Pipes and Fittings A. PVC pipes and fittings shall be (except as noted on plans) Schedule 40, Type 1, Normal Impact, conforming to ASTM D 1785-73 and D 2241-73, D 2466-69 and D 3036- 72. PVC solvent cement shall conform to ASTM 2564-73 and rubber gasketed bell and spigot joints shall conform to ASTM D 3139. January 11, 1999 13150-4 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET B. All steel pipe shall be Schedule 40, galvanized. Provide corrosion resistant wrapping for underground piping installation. C. Cast iron fittings shall be Class 125. D. All Copper Pipe shall be hard drawn, Type K conforming to Standards ASTM B88 and WWT-799. E. Stainless Steel Pipes and Valves shall be type ASTM 312, Type 316, Schedule 40. 2. PVC pipe installation shall conform to the requirements of Technical Report PPI-TTR13 (8/73), Plastics Pipe Institute; all solvent cement jointing conforming to ASTM D-2855. 3. Concrete, Concrete Steel reinforcement and Formwork shall conform to the following requirements: a. Portland Cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II b. Reinforcing Steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60 C. Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 d. Tie wire shall be soft annealed steel, 18 gage min. 4. Contractor shall provide Owner with Concrete Supplier's statements of mix proportions, anticipated 28 day compressive strength and Test Reports. �! 5. Formwork shall be Construction Grade Douglas Fir lumber for Studs and Whalers. Plywood for forms shall be of the grade "Exterior B-B" (concrete form), conforming to the latest Product Standard for Soft Plywood, Construction and Industrial, of the National Bureau of Standards. Form plywood shall bear Grade marks and be 5 ply type, minimum 5/8" thick for studs or joists spaced not more than 12" center to center, otherwise 3/4" thick. 6. Joint Sealant shall be either Fiber Expansion Joint Type conforming to ASTM D 1751 or closed cell Neoprene Sponge Rubber conforming to ASTM D 1752. 7. Concrete for purposes not otherwise specified shall be 3000 psi minimum 28 day compressive strength. January 11, 1999 13150-5 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET 8. Concrete vault waterproofing shall be fluid applied high build polymer modified asphaltic emulsion, 80 mil minimum thickness. B. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY BRAND NAME OR SUPPLIER 1. Products specified b BRAND NAME or SUPPLIER are indicated ' P Y on the plan or listed in SCHEDULE A of these Specifications. IV. EXECUTION A. SUBMITTALS 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop drawings as required by the Plans and Specifications shall be prepared with current engineering practice and at the Contractor's expense. Drawings shall be of such size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Submittal of the shop drawings and subsequent review by the Owner's Representative shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors and omissions in the drawings or from deviations from the Contract Documents. 2. REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION OF PRODUCTS: Request for substitutions of products shall be submitted for the Owner's Representative approvals. The request shall state reasons for substitution and shall be accompanied by full data, documentation and other materials required for a full evaluation by the Owner's Representative. Substitution products shall not be installed until approved in writing by the Owner's Representative. Five copies shall be transmitted to the Owner's Representative for review at least 15 days before substituted products will be required for the work. Materials shall not be furnished, fabricated or installed nor any work done for which substituted materials are required, before Owner's Representative's review. 3. AS BUILT DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall provide the Owner with two sets of as-built plans showing all the changes and revisions done in the field during the construction. 4. MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG: The Contractor shall provide the Owner with manufacturer's catalogs, product data sheet on all parts and equipment used in the construction of the Lake System. January 11, 1999 13150-6 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET B. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 1. Pumps, blowers, filters, chemical feeders, aerators, etc. and all other equipment shall be installed as shown on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's directives and installation procedure information. 2. All equipment installation shall comply with applicable codes. C. PIPING 1. Pipe layouts shown on the plans represents the desired pipe routing, allowing for minor realignment required by field conditions. The Owner's Representative approval is required for major rerouting of piping. Pipe runs shall be installed with the least number of fittings. Unless shown on plan, there shall be no pipe installation underneath the lake or the compacted pond backfill. 2. Piping shall be installed without air entrapping high points or reverse slopes, i.e. on discharge lines, no descending runs beyond horizontal or ascending runs; on suction lines, no descending runs beyond ascending runs. 3. Pipe trenches shall be excavated to full width and depth required for proper installation and in accordance with the requirements of pipe manufacturer and applicable codes. Trench bottom shall provide uniform bearing and support for the entire length of the pipe. 4. Provide minimum 30 inch cover for all piping installation using suitable backfill material. Backfill material in trenches shall be compacted to 90 percent of ASTM D 1557. Provide thrust blocks as defined. 5. Provide supports and hangers for all exposed piping in accordance with the current Uniform Plumbing Code and applicable local codes. 6. All pipe installation shall be tested for water tightness. Piping installation shall meet the requirements of a field hydrostatic pressure testing of 50 psi for 4 hours, in the presence of the Owner's Representative. Prior to testing, all pipe lines shall be filled with water for 24 hours with the lines vacated of air. January 11, 1999 13150-7 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET 7. All pipe lines shall be thoroughly cleaned of debris, soil, and any accumulated foreign matter prior to tie in to pumps, installation of aerators,jets, etc. 8. Air lines shall be vacated of water before lake filling. , g D. CONCRETE REINFORCED CONCRETE D ONRY WORK AN MASONRY 1. All concrete work shall conform to American Concrete Institute ACI 301, 302 and 318 for Reinforced Concrete 2. Air-Placed Concrete, Gunite and Shotcrete shall conform to Standard Specifications Section . 3. Cast-in-place equipment vault shall be constructed per approved structural engineer's plans. 4. Precast equipment vaults shall be installed to the elevations and location indicated on the plan and per manufacturer's recommendation. Shop drawing submittal shall be required for this item of work, including engineering calculations sealed by a state registered engineer. 5. Concrete vaults shall be waterproofed on the exterior surface with a minimum 80 mil thickness of a fluid applied, high build polymer modified asphaltic emulsion. E. POND COMPACTED SOIL BACKFILL 1. The coarser grained, sandy onsite soils in the south expansion area of the existing Main Pond, and in the new Stormwater Detention Pond basin lake may allow excessive fluctuations of groundwater levels. (The lake excavation for expanding the existing Main Pond and the Stormwater Treatment Pond will result in excess dirt material to be disposed offsite). To stabilize the lake bottom, a compacted pond backfill using select on site material retrieved during the mass grading shall be installed on the lake bottom and sideslopes. This material shall be approved in writing by the Owner's Representative prior to installation and shall be stockpiled on site. a. The stockpiled material shall be used for the installation of the lake backfill in two compacted lifts on the lake bottom and side slopes. January 11, 1999 13150-8 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET 1. Areas to receive fill should be graded and compacted, and made capable of supporting equipment and allowing the required compactive work. 2. The earthen and backfill shall be free of organics, debris P g and sand, silt pockets or rock fragments larger than 2". ' 3. The and backfill should be pre-processed b discin P P P Y g, pulverizing or other mechanical methods to remove discrete particles (clods). The pond backfill must be thoroughly moisture conditioned prior to compaction. 4. Compaction should be accomplished with a heavy deep footed roller capable of kneading each lift to full depth. 5. Minimum compaction specifications are 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557-78. 6. The nominal compacted thickness for each lift of pond backfill should be limited to 6 inches. 7. Lake System earthwork should be subject to continuous monitoring and testing as specified herein. 8. Pond backfill shall conform to the sections and dimensions shown in the Lake System plans. b. To stabilize the pond bottom and reduce water surface fluctuations, a 12" thick pond backfill using native or imported soils is required. All the soil material used in the 12" thick soil liner shall have a permeability coefficient not exceeding 5.0 x 107 cros./sec. (as determined by constant head, triaxial hydraulic conductivity tests of representative remolded field samples, for every 1,000 cubic yards of material stockpiled). Soils selected for installation in the pond backfill shall contain a minimum 10% percent two micron clay per ASTM D 422 hydrometer analysis and no less than 50% shall pass the 200 mesh. Additionally, backfill soil shall have plasticity indices greater than or equal to 20. Selection, quantities and placement of the stockpiled pond backfill material shall be determined, monitored and approved by the Soils Engineer. January 11, 1999 13150-9 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET C. During excavation of the lake, the suitable native pond backfill soil material shall be directly applied as pond backfill or stockpiled in locations on site for subsequent installation in the excavated lake basin. The required total quantity of clay soil required for the pond backfill is: Pond Backfill Soil - i) Expanded Main Pond - 6,800 Cu.Yds. ii) Stormwater Treatment Pond - 5,100 Cu.Yds: d. The Owner's Representative will monitor the following: i) Suitability of the excavated soils for use as pond backfill material ii) Preparation of lake subgrade to comply with specifications iii) Clean up of loose material in excavated lake basin iv) Installation of Pond backfill e. Samples of proposed future pond backfill soil shall be taken for every 5,000 cubic yards stockpiled or placed as liner, and tested to determine particle size distribution (sieve, 200 sieve wash and hydrometer testing per procedure ASTM D 422) and Plasticity Index (P.I.). The frequency of sampling and testing shall be increased if determined necessary by the Owner's Representative. f. The overexcavated bottom and side slopes of the lakes shall be scarified to a minimum 6" depth and recompacted to a minimum 90% of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 1557-78, prior to placement of any backfill material. Local pockets of coarse sands and gravels on the lake sideslopes and bottom identified by the Owner's Representative shall be removed and excavated an additional 2 feet depth. These additionally overexcavated areas shall be replaced with compacted material of the particle size distribution, lift thickness and relative density specified by the Owner's Representative. January 11, 1999 13150-10 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET g. In conjunction with installation of the pond backfill, the completed ponds' rough grade excavation shall be accepted by the Owner's Representatives. h. The twelve (12) inch thick pond backfill shall be placed in two (2) six inch lifts. Each lift shall be placed and compacted at moisture contents equal to or on the wet side of the optimum moisture content and to a minimum 90% relative density per ASTM D1557- 78. The method and degree of compaction shall be monitored, documented and approved by the Owner's Representative. A minimum of one test per 10,000 (ten thousand) square feet of placed 6" lift of pond backfill material is required. The frequency of testing shall be increased if determined necessary by the Owner's Representative. i. The Lake Contractor shall maintain a comprehensive daily log during the pond backfill installation process to record quantities installed, thickness, degree of compaction achieved, areas of the lake basins worked upon, and verification that: 1) Watering of installed lifts of pond backfill has been satisfactorily maintained to prevent desiccation and cracking of previously placed lifts of material. ii) Uplift of pond backfill material from hydrostatic force outside the excavated basin has not occurred. j. After installation of the pond backfill, the lake pond backfill and final grade shall be accepted by the Owner's Representative per the approved lake Grading Plans. k. The lake must be filled as soon as possible after the pond backfill is installed to prevent cracking of installed material. The Contractor shall take all measures to prevent drying and localized erosion of the pond backfill. 1. The Lake Contractor shall provide all construction water and the Owner shall provide lake fill water supply source. The Lake Contractor is responsible for all ancillary equipment to bring stockpiled pond backfill material to the required moisture content, and for lake fill piping, etc. January 11, 1999 13150-11 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET G. LAKE FILL UP AND OPERATIONAL TESTING 1. The Contractor is responsible for supplying water and filling the lakes and for the lake operational testing. 2. The Contractor shall effect a thorough clean-up of the lake bottom, removing all debris, construction materials dirt, etc. prior to the start of the fill up operation. 3. The Contractor shall prevent localized erosion of the pond backfill during the lake fill by installation of temporary geomembrane splash pads, min. size 20 x 20', weighted down along the perimeter and centered under the vertically upturned termination of the fill line which shall extend to the lowest portion of the lake basins. After the lakes fill, the contractor shall remove the temporary splash pad. 4. The operational testing of the lake shall be done on a completed lake system. The operational testing shall be done in the presence of the Owner's Representative. H. ELECTRICAL 1. Contractor shall supply all necessary electrical panels, to include main circuit breakers, including any necessary power transformers, , lighting transformers, etc. for a complete electrical supply system from the Owner supplied power source to all individual electrical equipment items in the Lake System. 3. Contractor shall provide for each motor ( or group of motors): a. Combination starter with thermal magnetic circuit breakers. i b. H.O.A. Switch(s) C. Nema-4 enclosure(s), vandal resistant, deadfront construction for outdoor installation only. d. Time Clocks: 24HR. Skip-A-Day, for control. Astrodial for lighting. e. Electrical control system shall be U.L. listed and comply with all applicable national and electrical codes. f. All wire and cable shall be per NEC table 310-16, copper, 60 C column, size 12 minimum for power, 14 for control. g. Control transformer(s) properly sized to accommodate control and auxiliary devices. January 11, 1999 13150_ 20/w 12 olaoo2/22 /sd13150.DOC p BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET 4. Submittals of shop drawings, prepared by a licensed Electrical Engineer, shall be required. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for making the connections ' between the power source and all the Lake System electrical equipment components, with all conduit and wires sizes defined on the Shop Drawing submittal per preceding item 6. All materials and installation shall conform to the latest National Electrical Code and all applicable local codes. I. LAKE SYSTEM GUARANTEE 1. The entire lake system shall be unconditionally guaranteed by the Contractor as to material and workmanship for a period of one year following the date of final acceptance of the work. J. MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM DURING THE OPERATIONAL TESTING PHASE The Contractor shall provide maintenance testing service to the system during the operational phase. The Contractor shall use the services of a professional lake maintenance firm in maintaining the Lake System for a period of not less than 90 days after the Lake is filled and operational. SCHEDULE A: PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY BRAND NAME OR SUPPLIER PUMPS AURORA PUMPS, INC. N. Aurora, EL (708) 859-7000 COMPRESSOR SUTORBILT Pacific Pneumatics, Inc. La Habra, CA (562) 690-3922 January 11, 1999 13150-13 01400212220/wp/sdl3150.Doc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET r WAFER TYPE SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES CENTER LINE P.O.BOX 3477 Tulsa, OK 74101 , (918) 587-9401 (800) 327-4289 Center Line Series CLC. Standard Construction MARLIN VALVE CO. 9129 Irvington Blvd. Houston, TX 77022 (713) 697-4747 DUO-CHECK II#12MMP STOCKHAM VALVE & FITTING P.O. BOX 10326 Birmingham AL 35202 (205) 592-6361 Fig. #WG-970 SERIES WAFER TYPE BUTTERFLY VALVES BRAY VALVES & CONTROLS USA., INC. 13333 Westland Blvd. East Houston, TX 77041 (713) 894-5454 BRAY SERIES 30-113 CENTER LINE P.O. BOX 3477 Tulsa, OK 74101 (918) 587-9401 (800) 327-4289 Center Line Series "A" CRANE CO. 475 N. Gary Avenue Carol Stream, IL 60188 (312) 665-4700 Catalog No. 12BXZ January 11, 1999 13150-14 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET STOCKHAM VALVE & FITTING P.O. BOX 10326 Birmingham AL 35202 (205) 592-6361 Fig. #LG512-B53-E WAFER STYLE Fig. #LG712-BS3-E LUG STYLE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC TREVIRA/SPUNBOND BUSINESS GROUP HOESCH$T CELEANESE CORPORATION P.O. BOX 5887 ' Spartanburg, SC 92304-5884 (800) 845-7597 (803) 579-5479 TREVIRA TYPE 1135 MIRAFI, INC. 22672 Lambert St., Suite 602 El Toro, CA 92630 (714) 859-2850 MIRAFI 180N ' AMOCO FABRICS AND FIBERS COMPANY 900 Circle 75 Parkway, Suite 300 1 Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (404) 984-4444 AMOCO UNDERLINER FABRIC 4510 DEKOWE 400 Belton Industries, Inc. Atlanta, GA (800) 225-4099 ' BIOFILTER GRAVEL: (Nominally) "3/8" Crushed Rock Gravel" (WASHED) which shall meet ASTM#C131 standards Required Gradation: 90-100% pass 3/8" screen 30-60% pass #4 sieve 0-10% pass#8 sieve 0 % pass#16 sieve January 11, 1999 13150-15 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 13150 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT LAKE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION SET LIQUID MEMBRANE LINING (FOR CONCRETE VAULT WATERPROOFING): Q LI UID BOOT 3873 East Eagle Dr. Anaheim, CA 92807-1722 , (714) 575-9200 80 mil thick cold applied liquid membrane , CONCRETE SEALING WATERPROOFING: THORO SYSTEM PRODUCTS 780 N.W. 38th Street. Miami, FL 33166 (305) 592-2081 Thoroseal for masonry & concrete Installed per manufacture requirements. XYPEX CHEMICAL CORPORATION 13731 Mayfield Place Richmond. B.C., Canada V6V 2G9 (604) 273-5265 Xypex Concrete Waterproofing , Installed per manufacture requirements. January 11, 1999 13150-16 014002/2220/wp/sd13150.D0C ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Circuit breakers— install one in existing panelboard Panel B3-1. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association) B. NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ' C. NEMA ICS 2 Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies D. UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Sections 01300 and 16010. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's catalog information for the circuit breaker. Indicate the number of poles, and the ampere, voltage, and short circuit ampere ratings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cutler-Hammer to match the existing panelboard. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Provide one 3-pole, 60 ampere, 25,000 AIC @ 480 volts ac, thermal magnetic type circuit breaker of bolt-in, single unit construction per UL 489. January 1999 16470- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD16470.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16470 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT PANELBOARDS CONSTRUCTION SET Multi-pole circuit breakers shall have trip elements in each pole with common trip bar. Frame size 225 amp and larger shall have adjustable magnetic instantaneous trip. All values are minimum at rated voltage. All breakers 400A and above must have solid state short delay trip adjustable for pick-up and delay. B Provide a handle lock on the circuit breaker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the new circuit breaker in Panel B3-1 in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1. See panelboard schedule. 3.02 PANEL SCHEDULE A. Attachments indicated by the following: 1. Panel B3-1. 9 January i 99 16470-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDI6170.DOC PANEL B3-1 (480Y/277V) BLDG 25-20 DATE 11 16 98 REV. PANEL No. 133-1 LOCATION 1ST FLOOR,COLUMN B3 MFR &TYPE CUTLER HAMMER FEEDERS 1-(3)#500(1)#500(1)#1 SURFACE or FLUSH SURFACE TOP or BOTTOM BOTTOM MAIN BREAKER 400 FROM SUBSTATION 20-lG5-A/B BUS RTG 400 AMPS 30 4W+G+IG FULLY RATED: 25000 AIC SYM. REF DWG No. (REV) REVISED CKT. NEW PANEL ENGINEER R.D. KENT PHONE 544-8174 JOB NO. 1 823/1 3300 1 FRAMES WIRE CIR & AMPS SIZEI DESCRIPTION a b C LOCATION la 175 3 #2/0 PANEL B3-8 VIA XFMR T1 133-1 18 B/3 3b -- - #2/0 ---------- 16 B/3 5c #2/0 ---------- 15 B/3 7a SPACE-UNUSABLE 9b SPACE-UNUSABLE 11C SPACE-UNUSABLE 13a 60 3 #4 PUMP VAULT PV-4 PUMP MOTORS&MISC.LOADS 39 VAULT PV-4 ' 15b =_ - #4 ---------- 39 S.W.OF BLDG. 17C #4 39 25-20 19a SPACE W/H 1 21 b ISPACE W/H 23C SPACE W/H 25a 1o0 3 #2 PANEL 63-3 13 B/3 27b #2 ---------- 13 B/3 29c #2 ---------- 10 B/3 31a 33b 35c ' 37a 39b 41c 2a SPACE-UNUSABLE 4b SPACE-UNUSABLE 6C SPACE-UNUSABLE _ 8a 175 3 #2/0 PANEL B3-4 VIA XFMR T1 133-2 43 B/3 10b -- - #2/0 ---------- 44 B/3 12c #2/0 ---------- 39 B/3 14a SPACE W/H 16b SPACE W/H 18C SPACE W/H 20a SPACE W/H 22b SPACE W/H 24C SPACE W/H 26a 100 3 #2 PANEL 133-2 17 B/3 28b #2 ---------- 17 B/3 30c #2 ---------- 15 B/3 32a 34b 36c 38a 40b 42c PHASE TOTALS (AMPS) 130 129 119 TOTAL CONNECTED LOADI 105 KVA - END OF SECTION - January 1999 016470-3 \014002\2220\engr\B3-1.XLS BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16010 ' BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of all electrical Work for this project, as shown on the 1 Drawings and defined in this division of the Specifications. 2. Provision of all materials, equipment and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the plans, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all electrical systems shown on the plans or described herein. r3. Equipment and devices furnished and installed under other divisions of this Specification or by the owner shall be connected under this division. B. Specification Section 13150, Lake Construction, shall take precedence over Sections 16011 through Section 16470 with regard to electrical work performed within Pump Vault No. 4. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 Specification sections apply to all Work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms P Y ' and conditions of Section 01630. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI C2 - National Electrical Safety Code 2. All other applicable ANSI Standards B. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) January 1999 16010- 1 \0 I 4002\2220kwp\SD 1601 ODOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS C. National Fire Protection Association NFPA 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) , 2. NFPA 78 - Lightning Protection Code 3. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code D. National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) F. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) 1. UBC - Uniform Building Code G. State of Washington WAC Rules I. WAC 294-46 - Laws, Rules and Regulations 2. WAC 296-401 - For Installing Electrical Wires and Equipment H. City of Renton Codes and Ordinances for Electrical and Fire Detection Systems I. IEEE Standards J. ICEA Standards 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. , B. General: Submit all equipment and materials for acceptance prior to installation. Bind submittals in a 3-post binder indexed by Specification Section. Reference all items by paragraph number. Fold Drawings to 8-1/2- inch size and bind as above or place in pocket of binder. Provide transmittal letter with index of all items submitted, including catalog numbers or Drawing numbers if appropriate. Bind letter as first sheet of submittal. Submittals will not be accepted unless they conform to these requirements. Contractor shall thoroughly review each submittal for conformance with the Specifications and shall affix his review stamp to verify that he has performed this review prior to forwarding to the Owner's Representative. January 1999 16010-2 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD1601O DOC , BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS C. List of Manufacturers: Submit within 30 days after award of Contract a Bill of Materials containing items to be used on this project, listing tmanufacturer's name and catalog numbers (where applicable) and referenced to the applicable Specification paragraph. tD. Provide Shop Drawings, descriptive bulletins, data sheets, diagrams, catalog cuts or other additional information as required for the items specified hereinafter in other sections. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests: Demonstrate that all equipment operates as indicated or specified, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Perform tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative Provide all instruments and personnel required to conduct the tests. B. Qualifications: Use sufficient journeyman and competent supervisors in the execution of the Work to ensure proper and adequate installation throughout. In the acceptance of installed Work, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of the workmen. 1.05 WORK OF OTHER TRADES ' A. The complete Drawings do not show details of construction. Refer to the Architectural, Structural, Civil, and Mechanical Drawings for those details which may affect the execution of this Work. Specific locations of structural or architectural features or equipment items, shall be obtained from the referenced Drawings, field measurements, or the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. B. Coordination: Plan and execute Work including, but not limited to, conduit and electrical equipment locations, lighting fixture and receptacles, in ' cooperation with all other trades particularly Architectural and Mechanical. Make every reasonable effort to provide all concerned with timely notice of Work affecting other trades to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements, dimensions, openings, block-outs, sleeving or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work-around methods. Failure to coordinate Work will be considered sufficient cause for Work to be altered ' at Contractor's expense, as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Other Trades - Other Contractors: There are other construction Contracts in 1 progress at the job site. The Work of this Contract shall be performed concurrently with these. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with other Contractors to complete all interfaces, to install a complete and January 1999 16010-3 Nn 4002\2220\wp\SD 16010.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS operating power, lighting, or control system, and to completely test these systems. 1.06 SUBCONTRACTORS A. Additional Work for Lake System Pump Vault 4 Controls: The Contractor shall provide the services of The Bowlin Company to program the Staefa Control System for the following control, indication, and alarm functions at the maintenance computer in Building 25-20. Control Start Pump#1 Stop Pump #1 Start Pump#2 Stop Pump#2 Start Blower Stop Blower Indication Pump #1 is Running Pump#2 is Running Blower is Running Alarm High Water Level in Lake System PV-4 , Heat Trace is Not Working. The Bowlin Company shall furnish and install all control devices in the pump ' vault and Terminal Box TB-1-M that are required for the above functions. This shall include interposing relays, current sensors, auxiliary relays, conduit and wire. The Contractor and the Bowlin Company shall conduct performance tests to , verify that the maintenance computer receives correct indications and alarms and to demonstrate that it can control each of the pumps and the blower. 1.07 CODES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES ' A. Obtain permits and inspections and pay fees required by National, State and Local authorities. Make arrangements for inspections by the Owner's Representative or other authority as required. Submit three copies of certificates of compliance to the Owner's Representative. , B. All Work and materials shall be in accordance with requirements of all , applicable local codes and regulations and ordinances in their latest adopted edition. January 1999 16010-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16010.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL ' CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS C. The foregoing referenced codes shall be construed as establishing a minimum or base level, of requirements. Where provisions of the various code standards conflict with each other, the more stringent provisions shall govern. D. Nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit Work not in conformance with these rules and regulations. E. Where Drawings or Specifications call for material or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of the Drawings or Specifications shall take precedence over requirements of the rules and regulations. F. Utilities: Comply with all rules and requirements of local utility companies; coordinate and pay for all connections. G. Contractor shall promptly submit written notice to the Owner's Representative of any observed variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements. Appropriate Change Order modifications to the Contract Documents will be made to incorporate necessary changes. Contractor shall assume responsibility for Work known to be contrary to such requirements when required notice is not given. 1.08 EQUIPMENT APPROVALS A. Whenever Approved Independent Testing Laboratory standards exist for equipment with electrical components, provide approved equipment. B. All materials, equipment, and processes requiring approval of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries or other nationally- recognized testing agency shall be labeled as so approved in accordance with the provisions of the Washington Administrative Code. C. All materials used shall be manufacturers standard products with minimum five years of documented availability prior to bid date. 1.09 INTENT OF DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic and show only approximate locations of conduit runs, fixtures and equipment. Take measurements from building or site and verify with Architectural, Structural or Electrical Drawings. January 1999 16010-5 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16010.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS , B. Report any conflict to the Owner's Representative prior to proceeding with the Work. Failure to follow this instruction is considered sufficient cause , for the Contractor to alter his Work at his own expense, as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Plans and sections generally do not show branch circuit and feeder routing or junction and pull box locations. Refer to diagrams or schematics to obtain a more complete description of systems. D. Plans and Specifications are complimentary - anything shown on one, is required to be furnished as if shown on both. E. Notify the Owner's Representative of any discrepancies between the plans and Specifications. 1.10 DETAIL DRAWINGS BY CONTRACTOR A. Whenever the Contractor's Work is of sufficient complexity to warrant ' additional detailing, he shall prepare additional detail Drawings to scale 1/4 inch = 1 foot, plotted on vellum or mylar of the same size as Contract Drawings; and shall, with these layouts, coordinate his Work with the Work of other trades. All such detailing Work shall be clearly identified on the , Drawings as to the area to which it applies. B. Do not submit these Drawings to the Owner's Representative for approval. At completion, however, include an electronic CADD file and a set of full and "half-size" vellums of such Drawings with each set of as-built Drawings for Owner's Record purposes. 1.11 COORDINATION WITH MECHANICAL WORK A. Provide motor starters and motor circuit protective devices for equipment r included in Divisions 13 and 15 unless the starters are supplied (manufactured) as an integral part of the equipment or as specified , otherwise. All electrical equipment supplied under Divisions 13 and 15 must comply ' with the Specifications of Division 16, unless specifically specified otherwise in Divisions 13 and 15. B. Provide power outlet boxes for each piece of equipment, install electrical devices and connect them to the equipment. January 1999 16010-6 vW 4002\22204p\SD 16010.D0C ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS 1.12 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare five copies of an operating and maintenance manual for all equipment provided under Division 16 in accordance with Section 01730 ' and the following paragraphs. B. Information Contained 1. Manuals shall include control diagrams and maintenance information and parts lists furnished by the manufacturer for the equipment. 2. Data in manuals shall be the manufacturers neat, clean, original data sheets, not photocopies. No photocopies shall be accepted. An ' index shall be provided with all contents listed in an orderly presentation, similar to the arrangement of the Specifications. Indicate date of guarantee or warranty expiration. 3. Include maintenance instructions, methods of operation, seasonal ' requirements, manufacturer's data and warranty forms. Provide address and 24-hour phone number of firm responsible under warranty. C. Assembly: Bind in hard back 3-post binder, black with front cover and end printed in gold lettering indicating contents, Owner, Consulting Engineer, Contractor, year of completion and project title. D. Approval: Prior to binding the final copies submit a single loose copy to the Owner's Representative for approval, no later than 60 days before the scheduled completion date. 1.13 AS-BUILT (RECORD) DRAWINGS A. Furnish an electronic CADD file, a full size vellum and a 11" x 17" "half- size" vellum of as-built (record) Drawings to the Owner's Representative in conformance with the requirements of Section 01720. ' 1.14 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Provide operating instructions for each system and principal item of ' equipment as specified in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include the following: 1. Wiringdiagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each g � g q principal system and item of equipment. January 1999 16010-7 \0I4002\2220\wp\SD1601OAOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS 2. Start-up, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown procedures. 3. Safety precautions. 4. The procedure in the event of equipment failure. 5. Other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or item of equipment. B. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions adjacent to equipment. For operating instruction exposed to the weather, provide weather-resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures. Operating instructions shall not fade when , exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. 1.15 SITE CONDITIONS AND METHODS A. Storage of Materials: Make all necessary provisions to prevent damage or ' corrosion of materials. B. Cutting and Patching: Keep cutting and patching to a minimum. If required, all patching shall conform to Specifications for the new general construction Work. Finish to match existing Work. Conform to Section 01045. , C. Measurements: Verify space availability by field measurement prior to submitting Shop Drawings for approval. D. Roughing-In Dimensions: Obtain roughing-in dimensions for equipment from approved Shop Drawings or actual equipment measurements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions where furnished. If the details are in conflict with design ' Drawings, notify the Owner's Representative for resolution. F. Accessibility: Install all equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs so it is readily accessible. Otherwise, obtain the Owner's Representative approval of location. G. or Rejected Materials: Remove damaged rejected materials from the site. ' J g J H. Operation of Equipment and Systems: Contractor is responsible during all periods of balancing and testing. i January 1999 16010- 8 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16010DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS 1.16 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION A. Perform all tests required in codes and ordinances. The Owner's Representative to be present during operational testing. Give sufficient notice before performing such tests. Additional tests may be required elsewhere in these Specifications. B. Systems Operation Demonstration: Subject systems to such operating tests as are required to demonstrate that the equipment installed will operate within the specified limits through normal ranges and sequences including simulation of possible abnormal conditions. Operate every device manually and automatically in accordance with its purpose. Operating test duration; not less than 6 hours after all major corrections have been made. If tests do ' not demonstrate satisfactory system performance, correct deficiencies and retest systems. 1.17 INSTRUCTION PERIODS FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Following the installation of all electrical equipment and prior to acceptance ' of the electrical Work, conduct demonstrations and instruction periods for one or more Owner's Personnel to point out the location of servicing points and required points of maintenance. Provide a qualified foreman or ' superintendent from the trade involved as an instructor. For electrical subsystems, the engineer who performs testing and adjustment shall be responsible for instruction on that system. Their qualifications shall be submitted two weeks before the scheduled instruction period, for review by the Owner's Representative. B. Each instruction period shall include a preliminary discussion and a presentation of information in the maintenance manuals, with appropriate references to Drawings; explanations of maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, and adjustment locations. C. Advise the Owner's Representative two weeks prior to conducting instructions and demonstrations. Make final arrangements after receiving the Owner's Representative approval of date, time and instructor. D. Provide three identical instruction sessions to be scheduled by the Owner's ' Representative before or up to 3 months after construction completion on first or second shift for each system. January 1999 16010-9 v0 I 4002\2220\wp\SD 1601 ODOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS 1.18 COMPLETION OF WORK A. When requesting final inspection, give 10 da s' rior notice. Submit written ' certification that the Work has been fully completed in strict accordance ' with plans and Specifications. 1.19 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP GUARANTEE , A. Submit written guarantee that all materials and workmanship that prove defective within one year after date of acceptance will be replaced. B. Include complete removal, reinstallation, and retesting of the failed component or system. Cleanup and restoration of the affected area is the Contractor's responsibility. Upon acceptance of the replaced equipment, provide a new 1-year warranty for the system which shall be repeated perpetually. , C. Include correction of deficiencies on a 24-hour, 7-day a week basis when the Owner's Representative deems this necessary. Ship replacement , components via next day air freight when the Owner's Representative deems this necessary. Ship via dedicated truck when the Owner's Representative deems this necessary. Furnish all of the above at no cost to the Owner's , Representative during warranty period. 1.20 INSPECTION ' A. Submit written certification of inspection from the governing building authority stating that all Work has been inspected, accepted and approved as complying with existing governing ordinances and codes. 1.21 PROJECT FINALIZATION AND START-UP ' A. Upon completion of the equipment and systems installation and connections, ' the Contractor shall assemble all equipment factory representatives and subcontractors together for system start-up. These individuals shall assist in start-up and check out of their systems and shall remain at the site until the system operation is acceptable to and understood by the Owner's maintenance and/or operational personnel. To ' provide acceptance of operation and instruction by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall prepare a written statement of acceptance for the Owner's signature. ' January 1999 16010- 10 \014002\2220\wp\SD16010.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS ' The statement may read as follows: "I, the Contractor, associated factory Representative and subcontractor, have started each system and the total system and have proved their normal operation to the Owner's representative and have instructed him in the operation and maintenance thereof." Owner's Representative Date Contractor Date ' Copies of this acceptance shall be sent to the Owner's Representative and one copy shall be put in each maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Quality: Provide all materials, products and equipment in strict accordance with all governing codes and ordinances and these Specifications and by all ' other Contract documents. B. Manufacturer: Items of any one classification which are used in quantity, such as specific types of lighting fixtures, shall be products of one manufacturer and shall be used only as recommended by the manufacturer. Items of identical function and rating shall be identical. Provide items within product categories from one common manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING ' A. Handle all equipment carefully to prevent internal components damage, breakage, denting or scoring of the finish. Do not install damaged equipment. B. Store equipment in a clean, dry space. Protect equipment from dirt, fumes, ' water, construction debris, and physical damage. January 1999 16010- 11 v0I4002\2220\wp\sD1601ODOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS C. Provide auxiliary heaters, or store in a heated space, for any equipment that would be damaged by moisture condensation, such as electronic , components, contacts, etc. 3.02 SITE INSPECTION ' A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which electrical equipment is to be installed and notify the Owner's Representative in writing , of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer and the Owner's ' Representative. 3.03 WORK RESPONSIBILITIES ' A. Drawings indicate diagrammatically desired locations or arrangement of conduit runs and equipment. Proper judgment shall be exercised in , executing Work so as to secure best possible installation in available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference , with structural conditions. Contractor shall be responsible for correct placing of Work and proper location and connection of Work in relation to Work of other trades. Advise appropriate trade as to locations of access , panels. B. Locations shown on wall elevations shall take precedence over electrical ' plan locations but where a major conflict is evident, notify the Owner's Representative for instructions. C. In the event changes in,indicated locations or arrangement are necessary, due to developed conditions in building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without extra cost, ' providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, and work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required. D. Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct , locations of this equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connections. E. Lights shall be installed in locations best suited for equipment arrangement or as directed by the Owner's Representative. ' F. The scales and/or dimensions of figures are approximate for typical ' equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any Work, check and verify dimensions and sizes with Drawings to see that equipment will fit into spaces provided without violation of applicable codes. ' January 1999 16010- 12 \o 14(X)z\22NAwP\SD 160 1 ODOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS G. Should any changes to Work indicated on Drawings or described in ' Specifications be necessary in order to comply with above requirements, notify the Owner's Representative immediately and cease work on parts of Contract which are affected until approval of any required modifications to ' construction has been obtained from the Owner's Representative. H. Contractor shall be responsible for any cooperative Work which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time. Such change shall be made to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. I. Perform Work with competent and skilled personnel. ' J. Work, including aesthetic as well as electrical and mechanical aspects of Work, shall be of quality consistent with best practices of trade. K. Replace or repair, without additional compensation, any Work which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, does not comply with these requirements. ' L. Provide maintenance access to all equipment installed. 3.04 INSTALLATION, GENERAL - FOR SPECIAL REOUIREMENTS REFER TO SPECIFIC EOUIPMENT UNDER OTHER SECTIONS ' A. Excavation: Perform all excavating necessary for installation of electrical Work. Where conduit runs traverse public property, depth below finish grade shall be as required by legally constituted public authorities having jurisdiction. B. Locations of Openings: Locate openings required for installation of electrical Work. Do additional coring and/or cutting and patching required due to improperly located or omitted openings without cost to Owner, and ' with approval of the Owner's Representative. Coring and/or cutting or drilling in any structural member is prohibited without written approval of the Owner's Representative. ' C. Location of Sleeves: Wherever conduits pass through concrete walls or suspended slabs, furnish and install sleeves of ample size to permit ' installation of conduit. Sleeves shall be installed prior to pouring of concrete and shall have ends flush with the wall or extend 2 inches above floor surfaces. Verify locations with the Owner's Representative. ' D. Type of Sleeves: Sleeves shall be steel pipe. YP P P ' January 1999 16010- 13 \o 14(X)1\2zzo\wp\SD 160 lo.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 1 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS ' E. Finish Around Sleeves: Rough edges shall be finished smooth. Space between conduit and sleeves where conduit passes through exterior walls ' shall be sealed to permit movement of conduit but prevent entrance of water through the conduit or sleeve. Space between conduit and sleeves where conduit passes through fire rated interior walls and slabs shall be sealed with ' an UL. classified sealing device that is fireproof and will remain pliable. Provide adequate space around conduit for device installation. Where it is impossible to install the fire seal, sleeves and slots shall be packed with approved materials to provide a fire barrier conforming to the requirements of the legal authorities having jurisdiction. All unused sleeves shall be similarly packed. Acceptable seal is Dow Coming's 30-548 Silicone RTV , Foam. F. Be responsible for cutting and patching which may be required for proper ' installation of electrical Work. G. Protect .Work, materials and equipment from damage from any cause whatever, and provide storage facilities during progress of Work. Storage out of doors shall be weather protected and shall include space heaters to prevent condensation. Provide for safety and good condition of Work until ' final acceptance of Work by the Owner's Representative, and replace damaged or defective Work, materials, and equipment before requesting final acceptance. H. Conduit, and all equipment shall be installed: Clean to remove plaster, ' splattered paint, cement and dirt on both exterior and interior. I. Conduit and Equipment to be Painted: Clean conduit exposed to view in ' completed structure, by removing plaster and dirt. Remove grease, oil and similar material from conduit and equipment by wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents in preparation for paint. ' J. Items with Factory Finish: Remove cement, plaster, grease and oil and leave surfaces including cracks and corners, clean and polished. Touch up any ' scratched or bare spots to match finish. Factory finish may be approved as prime coat by the Owner's Representative. K. Site Cleaning: Continually remove from site packing cartons, scrap , materials and other rubbish relating to electrical installation. L. The Contractor shall provide all ads, bases and anchors required to ' P P q complete the electrical work. January 1999 16010- 14 \01 4002\2220\wp\SD 1601 o.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS M. Provide all platforms and supporting stands for electrical equipment required to complete the Work. Supporting stands must utilize pregalvanized formed metal channel 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inch minimum (Unistrut, B-line, Superstrut). ' Use only manufacturers standard zinc-plated fittings, fabricated fittings are not acceptable. ' N. Exercise special care in the removal and reinstallation of ceiling tiles in Building 25-20. Replace any damaged tiles beneath new above-ceiling conduit routing with new tiles, identical to existing. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests 1. Carry out tests specified in this Section and as specified under individual sections of this division. 2. Motor Rotation: After final connections are made, check and correct, if necessary, the rotation of all motors. Phase sequence for all switchgear, panels, and MCC's shall be A-B-C left-to-right, front- to-back. If incoming circuits are determined to be ACB, reverse the incoming. If motors need non-standard rotation, change at motor terminal box. ' 3. Operations: After the electrical system installation is completed and at such time as the Owner's Representative may direct, conduct an ' operating test for approval. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. Furnish all instruments and personnel required for the tests. Schedule tests 7 days in advance with the Owner's Representative. 4. Grounds: Test all wiring connections for continuity and grounds before any loads are connected. 5. For each motor, record the catalog number and ampere rating for overload heaters installed, nameplate full-load amperes, and measured operating amperes under actual loaded conditions. Compile motor data complete in tabular form and submit to the Owner's Representative. 6. Perform all tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative or his ' authorized representative. January 1999 16010- 15 v014002\2220\wp\sD 16010.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16010 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SET REQUIREMENTS , 3.06 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. All seismic bracing and equipment and conduit supports shall be designed ' by a Registered Structural Engineer to the Owner's Representative requirements for seismic Zone 3, and shall conform to all applicable codes ' and standards. -END OF SECTION - , January 1999 16010- 16 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16010.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16111 ' CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal conduit. ' B. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. C. Nonmetallic conduit. ' D. Fittings and conduit bodies. E. Electrical metallic tubing. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 - BOXES ' B. Section 16170 - GROUNDING AND BONDING C. Section 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES D. Section 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated B. NECA National Electrical Contractors Association ' C. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code D. NEMA FB 1 Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies ' E. UL 5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings F. UL 6 Rigid Metal Conduit January 1999 16111 - 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD16111 DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET G. UL 360 Liquid-tight Flexible Steel 'Conduit H. UL 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing , 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conduit Size (Minimum): NFPA 70. 1.05 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. , B. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, liquid-tight flexible metal conduit, metallic tubing, nonmetallic conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. ' C. Submit details of conduit installation on existing canopy for review and approval by Owner's Representative. Obtain approval prior to commencing ' installation of conduit. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS , A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. B. Accurately record actual routing of conduits. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. , B. Furnish products listed and classified by a testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. ' 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. ' 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of Section , P 01600. January 1999 16111 -2 \oiaooz\_zzzo\wp\soiei>LDoc ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET ' B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. D. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Ferrous Metal Conduit ' 1. UL 6, hot-dip galvanized. Factory cut threads shall be galvanized after cutting. Conduit shall meet the provisions of ANSI C80.1 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB-I threaded galvanized steel. ' 2.02 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Interlocked Ferrous Metal Galvanized Construction with PVC Weatherproof Cover: UL 360. B. Fittings: UL 514B, galvanized steel. 2.03 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (PVC) ' A. Schedule 40, rigid polyvinylchloride type, unless noted otherwise. ' B. Utilize rigid steel elbows for bends with less than a 15 foot radius. 2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. EMT: ANSI C80.3 and UL 797 galvanized tubing. ' B. Fittings and Conduit Boxes: ANSI/NEMA FBI; steel, galvanized compression type, with steel clad and insulated throat. ' 2.05 EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Malleable iron, hot dip galvanized allowing 4 inches ±2 inches conduit movement. OZ/Gedney type AX series or approved equal. January 1999 16111 -3 \014002\2220\wp\SD1611 1DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET ' 2.06 SEALING FITTINGS ' A. Function: Sealing fittings will function to prevent the flow of water into the protected space either within the conduit or between the conduit and ' surrounding concrete wall or floor. In hazardous areas the seals will serve to minimize the passage of gases and vapors and prevent the passage of flames from one portion of the electrical installation to another through the conduit. ' B. Thruwall and Floor Seals for Sealing Conduit Passing Through a Wall or Floor: OZ Gedney Type FSK, or steel pipe cast into concrete wall or floor. , C. Conduit Sealing Bushings for Sealing Conductors within Conduit: OZ Gedney Type CSB; Crouse-Hind Types EYS and EZS. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 CONDUIT SIZING.ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT , A. Unless otherwise shown, size conduit for conductor type installed. Minimum size 1/2 inch, 3/4-inch if underground. B. Install conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance at the canopy and in unfinished spaces. ' C. Maintain minimum 6-inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12- inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and ' heating appliances. D. Brace conduit or conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by ' wirepulling operations. E. Support all conduit on formed channel (Unistrut) supports with space for 25 ' percent additional conduit or 12 inches useable space whichever is greater. F. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove temporary ' conduit support used during construction before conductors are pulled. G. Identify conduits per Section 16195. , H. No spring clips shall be used. ' January 1999 16111 -4 \014002=0\wp\sD161ILDoc ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET ' 3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw. De-burr cut ends. Pipe or tubing cutters are ' unacceptable. B. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. ' C. Do not use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, unless approved. D. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in 2 inch conduit and larger. E. Provide insulated grounding bushings at every conduit and box or enclosure connection. t F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. ' G. Provide 1/4-inch poly rope pull string in empty conduit. H. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound. ' I. Protect rigid steel conduit with two coats of bitumastic paint where direct buried, or utilize PVC coated (interior and exterior ) rigid steel conduit and fittings. ' J. Rigid nonmetallic conduit may be used underground, where completely encased with a minimum of three inches of concrete. Form field bends only ' with manufacturer's recommended heater. Penetrations Through Floor: Rigid steel. Stub Ups: Rigid steel elbows. Install all stub ups with flush couplings and an abandonment plug. Terminations: Rigid steel terminations with bushings. Increase raceway size as necessary to comply with code required ground wire. For bends in PVC runs of less than 15-foot radius, use rigid galvanized steel conduit. ' K. Under Slab on Grade: 4 inches, minimum, below floor. L. Raceways Underground: Rigid galvanized steel painted with two coats of bitumastic paint; or rigid galvanized steel with a 15 mil PVC jacket (repair abrasions with PVC base paint). Rigid nonmetallic raceways may be used ' where shown. ' 1. Arrange and slope raceways to drain away from building. January 1999 16111 -5 \014002\2220\wp\SD161I LDOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET 2. Provide marker tape over underground raceways. 3. Install underground raceways 30-inches minimum below final grade, ' unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 4. Backfill underground raceways with select backfill material to 3 inches ' above and below raceways. Backfill to 12 inches above raceways is required to be free of debris or rocks greater than 1 inch in diameter. ' M. Raceways on Canopy Structure: Rigid galvanized steel primed and painted with two coats of epoxy enamel paint. Paint color shall be gloss white to ' match canopy finish. N. Install raceways that stub up through floor at such depth that the exposed ' raceway is vertical and no curved section of the elbow is visible. O. Sealing of Raceway Penetrations ' 1. Exterior Wall Surfaces Above Grade: For concrete construction above ground level, cast raceway in wall or core drill wall and hard pack with ' a mixture of equal parts of sand and cement. 2. Exterior Surfaces Below Grade: Cast sleeve for raceway into wall (or floor) or use manufactured seal assembly (OZ type FSK, or approved) cast in place. ' 3. Fire Rated Construction: Seal penetrations to maintain fire rating of construction penetrated. Use Dow Corning Silicone RTV foam as ' recommended by manufacturer, or use other approved method acceptable to the Construction Manager. P. Sealing of Raceways ' 1. Seal interior of raceways that pass through building roof or through outside walls of the building, above or below grade. Seal on the end inside the building. Use raceway sealing fittings manufactured for the purpose sealed with non-hardening, compound-type mastic, specially , designed for such service. Pack around the wires in the raceways. 2. For exterior wall penetrations into a building space below grade, install ' OZ Type CSB sealing bushing at interior end of penetrating raceway. Threaded fittings - only - are permitted in entering raceways ahead of the sealing bushing. ' January 1999 16111 -6 \014002v222(Awp\sD161ILDoc ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET ' Q. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes except conduits for communication service to the building shall have no more than the equivalent of two 90-degree bends. R. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in ' conduit system. S. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. T. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16170. 3.03 CONDUIT SCHEDULE A. Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) ' 1. Underground, hazardous areas, and exposed locations with watertight connections. 2. Conduit with circuits of above 600 volts. 3. Stubups, terminations and elbows in underground PVC conduit runs. 4. Panel, MCC, transformer and busway feeders. 5. Where exposed raceway 2 inches or larger is required. 6. Wet interior locations with watertight connections. 7. e.Exposed interior locations subject to damage. P J g 8. May be used as a substitute for EMT, or PVC. B. PVC: Underground, encased in concrete. C. Liquid-tight flexible steel conduit. 1. For pump motors and equipment subject to vibration in damp or wet locations or areas subject to being washed down, or machinery where cutting oil is used. a. Install with 90-degree drip loop, minimum. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: 1. Heated indoor locations only. January 1999 16111 -7 \014002\2220\wp\SD161I I.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16111 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION SET 2. Steel Connectors and couplings only. ' 3. Installed indoor where RSC is not specified. 4. Shall utilize compression type connectors T & B, OZ-Gedney, or ' Appleton. EMT connectors manufactured by Midwest are not acceptable. E. Auxiliary Gutters and Wireway: Where shown, or as required in unfinished spaces. 3.04 CONDUIT SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation". , 1. Approved Beam Clamps a. B-Line B441-22, B441-22A, B75144, and B75146 b. Superstrut U-501, U-502, and U-569 C. Unistrut P2785, P2786, P2824-6, P2824-9, and P2824-12 C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. D. Install sway bracing on conduit system supports to rigidly brace. r -END OF SECTION - 1 1 i January 1999 16111 - 8 \014002\2220\wp\SD161I LDOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET ' SECTION 16123 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Power, control and lighting circuits. B. Irrigation controller circuits. C. Splices. D. Terminations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - CONDUIT B. Section 16130 - BOXES MC. Section 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1.03 REFERENCES A. UL 44 Rubber-Insulated Wire & Cables B. UL 83 Thermoplastic - Insulated Wires & Cables 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. ' B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product data for each wire and cable type, connector type and termination. C. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificate test materials. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum seven years documented experience. B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. January 1999 16123- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD16123.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16123 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRE AND CABLES CONSTRUCTION SET C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rome, Southwire, American Insulated Wire, Essex, General Cable, Triangle, and Okonite. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions. C. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Determine required separation between cable and other Work. 1 B. Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER, CONTROL AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS A. Exterior wiring and where exposed to temperatures below 32 degrees F. 1. UL 44. 2. Stranded copper conductor, single insulated wire. 3. Insulation type XHHW-2, 600 volt insulation class, 90 degrees C wet or dry rated. B. Outdoor lighting circuits routed in underground conduits. ' 1. Single conductor. 2. Stranded copper. 3. Cross-linked polyethylene insulation, Type XHHW-2, 600 volt , insulation class, 90 degrees C wet or dry rated. C. Building Interior Wiring , l. UL 83. January 1999 16123 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SD16123.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16123 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRE AND CABLES CONSTRUCTION SET 2. Stranded copper conductor, single insulated wire. 3. Insulation type THHN, 600 volt insulation class, 90 degrees C dry rated. 2.02 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER CIRCUITS A. Class 1 1. UL 44. 2. Stranded copper conductor. 3. Insulation Type XHHW-2, 600 volt insulation class. B. Class 2 and 3 1. REA PE-89, six twisted pairs, 19 AWG solid copper conductors, polyolefin insulation, corrugated aluminum tape shield, black polyethylene jacket, suitable for outdoor use in direct burial, aerial or duct installations. 2. Manufacturer and Type: Paige, type e P7073D. g 2.03 SPLICES A. Above Grade: Use 105 degrees C rated, 600 volt, nylon-insulated butt splices (Burndy Type SN) or terminal blocks in boxes for wiring No. 10 AWG and smaller. Furnish compression-set two-way type copper splice ' connectors (T&B No. 53504-53528 series splices) with application of preformed insulated cover installed in boxes for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Below Grade: Make splices in manholes or handholes watertight with epoxy resin type splicing kits similar to Scotchcast. 2.04 TERMINATIONS A. Conductors No. 10 and smaller: Utilize ring type compression set terminator when termination is to a bolted or screw set type terminal block or terminal cabinet. When screws are captive use forked tongue type. B. Conductors No. 8 through No. 1 AWG: Utilize compression-set type copper two-hole terminal lugs, T&B 53204-53208 series. iJanuary 1999 16123-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16123.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16123 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRE AND CABLES CONSTRUCTION SET C. Conductors No. 1/0 and larger: Utilize compression-set type copper two- hole terminal lugs, T&B 54475-54490 series. 2.05 PLASTIC CABLE TIES A. T &B Teflon or nylon, locking type. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All wiring shall be installed in a raceway system unless otherwise specified. ' B. Install wire only after mechanical Work likely to damage wire has been completed. 3.02 MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZES A. Stranded, copper conductors for all wire and cable except fire alarm. B. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. C. Conductor not smaller than 10 AWG for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. D. Conductor not smaller than 10 AWG for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. 3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. P Y g Y Y g C. Use wiring methods as specified herein and as indicated on Drawings. D. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. E. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. F. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards. G. Provide conductor vertical supporting device as required by the NEC. January 1999 16123 -4 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16123.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16123 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRE AND CABLES CONSTRUCTION SET 3.04 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS A. Splice and terminate only in accessible locations. B. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. C. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. D. Connectors for 10 AWG and smaller conductors shall be crimped using a crimping tool recommended by the connector manufacturer. E. Terminal connectors and splices for 8 AWG and larger conductors shall be crimped with the T&B 15 ton hydraulic tool and rounding dies. F. Except where equipment is furnished with bolted or screw type lug, use compression-set connectors with insulating covers for wire terminations. G. Torque conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. H. Insulate ends of spare conductors with electrical tape and identify spare circuit number where appropriate. 3.05 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195. B. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on Drawings. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing to insure that installation is complete and Contract requirements have been made. B. Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connection. C. Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with manufacturer's recommended values. D. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor and proper phasing. - END OF SECTION - iJanuary 1999 16123 -5 \o 140Wz\22zo\wp\SD 161z3.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Large enclosures. B. Outlet boxes. C. Pull and Junction boxes. D. Exterior Boxes' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16141 -WIRING DEVICES B. Section 16160 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES C. Section 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Max) B. NEMA FB 1 Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies C. NEMA OS 1 Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports D. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for each product used. P 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. January 1999 16130- 1 W 1400z\22zo\wp\SD 1613o.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16130 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BOXES CONSTRUCTION SET B. Accurately record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Install at location required for box to serve intended purpose. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL !� A. Indoor, flush mounted boxes shall be pressed steel, zinc coated with plaster ring, where applicable. Fabricate large junction and pull boxes from sheet steel with zinc coating or baked enamel finish. Return flange for screw retained cover. 2.02 LARGE ENCLOSURES A. Sheet Metal Boxes Larger Than 12 Inches In Any Dimension: Hinged enclosure in accordance with Section 16160. 2.03 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: 4-inch octagon. Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Switch or Receptacle Boxes: 4-inch square, minimum. B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum and cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs. January 1999 16130-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD16130DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16130 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BOXES CONSTRUCTION SET 2.04 PULL AND UN TI J C ON BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Surface-Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4 flat-flanged, surface-mounted junction box. 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. 2.05 EXTERIOR BOXES A. Labeled for damp or wet locations. B. Above Grade: NEMA 250; Type 3R. Type 4 or Type 4X, stainless steel. 1. Cast Boxes: Malleable iron or corrosion resistant alloy, complete with conduit hubs, compatible with raceway to which it is connected, and mounting lugs. 2. Sheet Metal Boxes: Heavy-gauge galvanized steel with enamel finish or stainless steel Type 304 in corrosive areas. Screw cover and mounting feet. C. At Grade, Exposed to Earth �I 1. Parking And Drive Areas: Constructed of precast concrete with size, configuration, cover, grates, and reinforcing as required for the particular installation. Manufacturer: Utility Vault or Renton Concrete Products. 2. Other Areas: Die-molded fiberglass reinforced handhold with 6 by 6-inch cable entrance at center bottom of each of four sides and weatherproof cover with nonskid finish. D. At grade, not exposed to earth: NEMA 250 Type 4, outside flanged, recessed cover for flush mounting, cast malleable iron or corrosion resistant alloy, complete with conduit hubs, compatible with raceway to which it is connected. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION January 1999 16130-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD16130.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16130 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BOXES CONSTRUCTION SET A. Install electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. B. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements. C. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. D. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. E. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations. F. Provide blank covers or plates over boxes that do not contain devices. G. Boxes in Concrete Or Paved Areas: Set in place on a 3-inch sand bed with cover plates flush to, and matching the slope. Locate so that water will drain away from the box. H. Boxes In Unpaved Areas: Set in place on a 3-inch sand bed with cover plates 1/2-inch above (1/2-inch to 1-inch in planting areas), and matching the slope. Locate so that water will drain away from the box. 3.02 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. B. Locate outlet boxes to allow access. C. Coordinate the Work of this Section with the Work of other sections and trades to avoid conflicts between the Work of this section with the Work of other trades. D. Provide outlet boxes of sizes and at locations necessary to serve equipment furnished under this or other divisions of the Specifications, or by others, and provide final connections thereto. An outlet box is required if equipment is furnished with pigtail for external connection, if it does not have space to accommodate branch circuit wiring or if it requires wire with insulation rating different from the branch circuit wiring. Review equipment Shop Drawings for required outlet locations. E. Install sheet metal outlet boxes and NEMA 1 pull and junction boxes in indoor locations that are heated and dry. January 1999 16130-4 \0 I 4002\2220\wp\SD I 6130.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16130 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT BOXES CONSTRUCTION SE F. Install cast metal outlet boxes and NEMA 4 pull and junction boxes in outdoor locations and in indoor locations that are wet or unheated. Install NEMA 3R pull and junction boxes only where specifically called out in the Drawings. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. B. Install knockout closure in unused box opening. - END OF SECTION- i 1 1 January 1999 16130-5 v0 14Wz\4z2o\wp\SD 1613o.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Wall plates. 1.02 RELATED SECTION ' A. Section 16130 - BOXES 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA WD 1 General Requirements for Wiring Devices rB. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. C. Manufacturer's Instructions 1. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. 2. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, operation and installation of product. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. January 1999 16141 - 1 v0 146Dz\2zzo\wp\SD 16141.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16141 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRING DEVICES CONSTRUCTION SET PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LINE VOLTAGE WALL SWITCHES A. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits: NEMA WD 1, AC specification grade, quiet type, snap switch with toggle handle, rated 20 amperes and 277 Volts AC. Handle: Plastic, set vertically; ivory or white color, or as indicated on the Drawings. Terminals: Screw/clamp type, with side and back access. Poles: Single pole, double pole, 3-way, 4-way, or locking type as indicated on Drawings. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hubbell, Bryant, Crouse-Hinds, Leviton, Pass & Seymour/Sierra 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. NEMA type and approved manufacturer per table below: TABLE OF RECEPTACLES NEMA OWNER'S APPROVED RECEPTACLES REMARKS TYPE HUBBELL BRYANT LEVITON WOODHEAD A_H P&S ' 5-15R 5262 5262 5262 5262 Duplex 5-15R IG 5262 5262-IG Isolated Ground Du 5-15R 5261 5261 5261 5261 Single 5-15R 5269C* 5269N* 5269N 5869 Single L5-15R 4700 4700 Duplex L5-15R 4710 4710 Single L5-15R 4729C* 4732N* Cord Receptacle 5-20R 5362 5362 5362 Duplex 5-20R IG 5362 5362-IG Isolated Ground Du L5-20R IG 2310 70520-IG 4747 Isolated Ground Sir 5-20R Single L5-20R 2310 70520-FR 4747 Single L5-30R 2610 70530-FR 70530-FR 4947 6330 Single L5-30R IG 2610 70530-IG Isolated Ground Sir L5-30R 2613 70530-NC* 70530-C Cord Receptacle 5-50R 9360 Single L6-20R 2320 70620-FR 6210 Single L6-20R 2323 70620-NC* 6214 Cord Receptacle L6-20R IG 2320 Isolated Ground Sir L6-30R 2620 70630-FR 6340 Single L6-30R 2623 70630-NC* 6344 Cord Receptacle L6-30R IG 2620 70630-IG Isolated Ground Sir L14-20R IG 2410 71420-IG Isolated Ground Sir L14-30R IG 2710 IG 6510 Isolated Ground Sir January 1999 16141 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SD16141.D0C BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16141 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRING DEVICES CONSTRUCTION SET L14-50R 9450-IG IG 5754 Isolated Ground Sir L15-20R IG 2420-A Isolated Ground Sir L15-30R IG 2720-A Isolated Ground Sir L21-20R 2510 72120-IG* Single L21-20R IG 2510 72120-IG Isolated Ground Sir L21-30R IG 2810 72130-IG Isolated Ground Sir *Number to be Verified B. GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault current interrupter in NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R configuration as shown on the Drawings. Acceptable Product: Hubbell "GF5262-I" or "GF5362-I", no substitutes. C. Receptacle Colors General Convenience: White Emergency: Red 2.03 WALL PLATES A. Stainless Steel Device Plates: No. 302 satin stainless steel with a minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, and 2-3/4 inches in width for receptacles and switches. B. Attachment Screws: To match respective device plate. 1 C. Device Plates for Exposed Installations: By outlet box manufacturer. D. Surface Mounted Boxes: Sized to fit the body without extending over the side. E. GFCI Receptacles: Provide gray PVC weatherproof lift cover for GFCI receptacles. Acceptable product: Hubbell "CWP26CR", no substitutes. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: Sierra, Bell Manufacturing. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. January 1999 16141 -3 \014002v2220\wp\s01e141.00c BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16141 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRING DEVICES CONSTRUCTION SET C. Verifybranch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested and read for , g P Y connection to wiring devices. ' 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. ' D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom. E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment g g grounding conductor. F. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry� p my walls. G. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in dry unfinished areas, and on surface mounted outlets in dry areas. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS , A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain mounting heights specified. B. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor. C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each wiring device for defects. B. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. ' C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized and test for proper polarity. D. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. January 1999 16141 -4 vo 1400z\z22o\wp\SD 16141.DOC iBOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16141 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT WIRING DEVICES CONSTRUCTION SET 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be level. Wall plates shall be flush with wall in finished areas. - END OF SECTION - r i 1 i i t ! ! t ! January 1999 16141 -5 v014f02\2220\wp\SD 1614 LDOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hinged cover enclosures. B. Cabinets. ' C. Terminal blocks and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTION A. Section 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) B. NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use C. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems D. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data for enclosures and cabinets. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. January 1999 16160- 1 v014002\2220\wp\SD 16160.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16160 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES CONSTRUCTION SET B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 01600. B. Provide two of each cabinet key. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES , A. Construction: NEMA 250; Type 1 steel or as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Manufacturers: Hoffman or Rittal. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. C. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by screwdriver. D. Panel For MountingTerminal Blocks or Electrical Components: 14- au e P g g steel, white enamel finish. 2.02 CABINETS A. Boxes: Galvanized steel. Manufacturers: Hoffman or Rittal. B. Box Size: As shown on Drawings. C. Backboard: Where shown provide 3/4-inch thick fire-resistant backboard for mounting terminal blocks. Paint matte white. D. Fronts: Steel, surface type with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, and flush lock. Finish with gray baked enamel. E. Provide metal barriers to separate compartments containing control wiring operating at less than 50 volts from power wiring. F. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment. January 1999 16160-2 V014002v22zo\wp\sD16160.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16160 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES CONSTRUCTION SET 2.03 TERMINAL BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES A. Terminal Blocks: NEMA ICS 4; UL-listed. Marathon, no substitutes. B. Power Terminals: Unit construction type, with closed-back type, with ' tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts, Marathon. C. Signal and Control Terminals: Marathon 1612, no substitutes. 2.04 FA13RICATION A. Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in accordance with NEMA ICS 6. ' B. Provide no knockouts on enclosures. ' C. Provide protective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout drawing of control wiring and components within enclosure. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cabinets and enclosures plumb; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner, minimum. C. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures. D. Install cabinet fronts and trim plumb. - END OF SECTION - January 1999 16160-3 \014002\2220\wp\SD16160DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding Electrodes. B. Exothermic Connections. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors. ' D. Grounding Connectors. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 02781 - SITE GROUNDING SYSTEM B. Section 16111 - CONDUIT 1.03 REFERENCES A. IEEE No. 81-1983 IEEE - Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System B. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM ' A. Metal underground water pipe. ' B. Rod Electrode. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance 5 ohms, maximum. ' 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for ground rods, connectors and grounding conductors. iJanuary 1999 16170- 1 \0I4002\2220\wp\SDI6170.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16170 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING CONSTRUCTION SET C. Test Reports: Provide results of the measurement of the resistance of the grounding system. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of exothermic , connectors. 1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720. B. Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS ' A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum seven years documented experience. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODE , A. Material: Copper-clad steel. B. Diameter: 3/4 inch. ' C. Length: 10 feet. , 2.02 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Provide exothermic connection in which powdered metals are poured into a P graphite crucible mounted over the components to be connected and then , ignited by a spark. The resulting molten metal slag flows over the conductors and welds them together. 1. Use in lieu of mechanical compression i connectors. January 1999 16170-2 \o 14Wz\22204p\SD 16170DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16170 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING CONSTRUCTION SET 2. Connection of grounding conductor to ground rods. ' 3. ERICO Products, Inc., Cadweld. 2.03 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Material: Stranded copper as sized on the Drawings. 2.04 GROUNDING CONNECTORS A. Material: All copper alloy ground connectors, Specification grade. OZ Gedney, or approved equal. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving ' rod electrodes. 3.02 INSTALLATION ' A. Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install rod electrodes in the pump vault and other locations as indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. C. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. ' D. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS ' A. Interface with site grounding system installed under Section 02781. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify the Owner's Representative that the grounding system has been installed and schedule an inspection of all connections prior to covering. January 1999 16170- 3 v0 1400z\2zzo\wp\SD 16170.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16170 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING CONSTRUCTION SET B. Electrical Tests 1. Measure ground resistance of ground system as indicated on the i Drawings. 2. Perform the 2-point method test per IEEE No. 81, Section 9.03 to , determine the ground resistance between the main grounding system and the pump vault grounding electrode . C. Tests Values 1. The pump vault ground electrode resistance to ground should be not greater than five ohms. D. Use suitable test instrument to measure resistance to ground of system. , Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential method. , -END OF SECTION - i 1 1 1 1 1 1 January 1999 16170-4 \014002\2220\wp\SD 16170.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and equipment supports. ' B. Anchors and fasteners. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16111 - CONDUITS B. Section 16130 - BOXES ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA National Electrical Contractors Association ' B. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog data for fastening systems. ' C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. ' B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. January 1999 16190- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD 1619o.DDc BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16190 ' SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUPPORTING DEVICES CONSTRUCTION SET PART 2 - PRODUCTS , 2.01 PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS A. Materials and Finishes: Provide hot-dipped galvanized steel for corrosion , resistance. B. Provide materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when selecting products. ' C. Anchors and Fasteners 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast insert system, expansion ' anchors and preset inserts. 2. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, and welded fasteners. Beam clamps shall be galvanized or painted steel, used in pairs only. , 3. Concrete Surfaces: Use expansion anchors. 4. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 5. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. 6. Conduit Clamps: One hole, cadmium plated or galvanized heavy gauge steel, or galvanized malleable iron. , 7. Hanger Rod: Galvanized steel, 3/8-inch minimum diameter with conduit oversheath for stability utilizing appropriate washers. , 8. Use standard galvanized fittings manufactured by the strut manufacturer, do not fabricate fittings. 9. Conduit straps for strut mounting shall be 2-piece one-hole B-Line B20XX, B21XX, B22XX, or approved equal. ' 10. All indoor hardware shall be grade 5 cadmium or zinc plated. All outdoor hardware shall be stainless steel. ' 11. Bolts used shall be sized to coordinate with mounting holes. All installations shall incorporate flat washers under each bolt and nut, and one lock washer for each fastener installation. January 1999 16190-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD16190.DOC ' 1 BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16190 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT SUPPORTING DEVICES CONSTRUCTION SET ' 2.02 CONDUIT AND EOUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Steel Channel Manufacturer ' 1. Midland Ross 2. Unistrut 3. B-Line Systems 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. B. Description: Galvanized steel. C. Channels shall be 12 gauge minimum, 1-5/8 inch deep by 1-5/8 inch wide minimum. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA ' "Standard of Installation". C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit. ' D. Do not use powder-actuated anchors. E. Obtain permission from the Owner's Representative before drilling or cutting structural members. ' F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with ' adequate strength and rigidity. G. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four ' anchors. H. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and ' panelboards one inch off wall. -END OF SECTION - January 1999 16190- 3 \0I 4002\2220\wp\SD I6I90.DOC ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates and labels. ' B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit markers. D. Underground detectable warning tape. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI A 13.1 Identification of Piping System B. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Nameplate schedule. C. Product Data: Provide catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers. ' D. Manufacturers Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product Testing Agency Specified under regulatory requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of Product. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. ' B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. January 1999 16195- 1 \014002\2220\wp\SD16195.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16195 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SET ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Engraved Plastic Laminate Nameplates: Three-layer laminated plastic with ' minimum nameplates dimensions of 1-3/4 inch high by 2.5 inches wide. Lettering height for panel or equipment identifier shall be 3/8-inch. Remaining lines at 1/8 inch high with 1/8 inch spacing between lines. 1. Commercial Power: White letters on black background. 2. Emergency Power: White letters on red background. ' 3. DC Power: White letters on light green background. 4. Comply with ANSI A 13.1. , B. Adhesive labels for wiring device and junction/pull box circuit notation. 1. Normal power: Black lettering on white background. 2. Emergency power: Red lettering on white background. ' 3. DC: Light green lettering on white background. 4. Labels are to be Brady PermaShield, Catalog Number LAT-23- ' 747W-2.5 with black lettering on a white background (for normal power), covered by clear polyester. ' C. Wire and cable markers: Permanent type, vinyl impregnated cloth, vinyl, or mylar self adhesive, clip-on, or sleeve. , D. Underground Detectable Warning Tape: In accordance with Section 02225. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ' A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. , 3.02 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using two (2) screws or rivets. ' Adhesive nameplates are not acceptable. January 1999 16195 -2 \014002\2220\wp\SD16195.DOC ' ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16195 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL. IDENTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SET C. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on anelboard that is recessed in P P finished locations. D. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one ' tape per trench at 12 inches below finished grade. 3.03 NAMEPLATES A. Provide engraved plastic laminate nameplates on all distribution system equipment including but not limited to switchboards, distribution panels, ' panelboards, safety disconnects, junction boxes, terminal boxes, load interrupter switch, transformer, devices and system control panels. Text shall include panel name, function, designation and electrical characteristic (as applicable). 3.04 WIRING DEVICE AND IDENTIFICATION A. Provide toe labels on receptacle cover plates. Label shall have panel/circuit P P P number. ' 3.05 WIRE IDENTIFICATION ' A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on schematic and-interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's Shop Drawings for control wiring. ' B. Color code wire in accordance with the coding shown below: 1 CONDUCTORS OF POWER SYSTEMS IN THIS BUILDING (PLANT) ARE IDENTIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 4,160V, 120/240V 208/120V 480/277'V 12,470V A PHASE (LEFT BLACK BLACK BROWN 1 stripe BUS IN PANEL) Violet tape ' B PHASE (CENTER RED ORANGE 2 stripes BUS IN PANEL) Violet tape iC PHASE (RIGHT BLUE BLUE YELLOW 3 stripes BUS IN PANEL) Violet tape ' NEUTRAL WHITE WHITE GRAY ------- January 1999 16195 - 3 \014002\2220\wp\SD16195.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16195 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SET 4,160V, ' 120/240V 208/120V 480/277V 12,470V EQUIPMENT ' GROUND GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN ISOLATED ' GROUND GRNIYEL* GRN/YEL* GRN/YEL* ------- *Green with Yellow Tracer 3.06 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE ' A. Identify underground conduits using detectable warning tape. Install detectable warning tape in accordance with Section 02225. ' 3.07 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION ' A. Conduit Identification 1. Using an indelible marking pen, label all conduits 1 inch and larger , with panel and circuit numbers of conductors routed through the conduit at all wall penetrations and connections to all panels, ' junctions boxes, and equipment served. 3.08 JUNCTION AND PULL BOX MARKING ' A. Indicate on junction and pull box covers the panelboard number and homerun circuit(s) in lettering 1/8 inch in height. ' 3.09 OPERATIONAL AND WARNING SIGNS ' A. General: Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure or danger associated with access to or operation of electrical facilities. Provide , text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey adequate information at each location; mount permanently in an appropriate and effective location. ' B. Operational Tags: Where needed for proper and adequate information on ' operation and maintenance of electrical systems, provide tags of plasticized card stock, either pre-printed or hand printed to convey the message; example: "DO NOT OPEN THIS SWITCH WHEN BURNER IS ' OPERATING". -END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 16195 -4 \0 I 4002\2220\wp\SD I 6195.DOC i ' BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SET SECTION 16470 ' PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Circuit breakers—install one in existing panelboard Panel 133-1. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 -BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association) B. NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ' C. NEMA ICS 2 Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies ' D. UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Sections 01300 and 16010„ ' B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's catalog information for the circuit breaker. Indicate the number of poles, and the ampere, voltage, and short circuit ampere ratings. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Cutler-Hammer to match the existing panelboard. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ' A. Provide one 3-pole, 60 ampere, 25,000 AIC @ 480 volts ac, thermal magnetic type circuit breaker of bolt-in, single unit construction per UL 489. January 1999 16470- 1 \01 4002\2220\wp\SD I 6470.DOC BOEING LONGACRES OFFICE PARK SECTION 16470 , SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECT PANELBOARDS CONSTRUCTION SET Multi-pole circuit breakers shall have trip elements in each pole with common trip bar. Frame size 225 amp and larger shall have adjustable magnetic instantaneous trip. All values are minimum at rated voltage. All ' breakers 400A and above must have solid state short delay trip adjustable for pick-up and delay. B Provide a handle lock on the circuit breaker identical to that of other circuit ' breakers in the panel. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. Install the new circuit breaker in Panel B3-1 in accordance with the ' manufacturer's instructions, and in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1. See panelboard schedule. 3.02 PANEL SCHEDULE A. Attachments indicated by the following: ' 1. Panel 133-1. January 1999 16470-2 \014002\2220\wp\SD16470.DOC 1 1 PANEL B3-1 (480Y/277V) BLDG 25-20 DATE 11 16 98 REV. PANEL No. 133-1 LOCATION 1ST FLOOR,COLUMN B3 MFR &TYPE CUTLER HAMMER FEEDERS 1-(3)#500;1)#500(1)#1 SURFACE or FLUSH SURFACE TOP or BOTTOM BOTTOM ' MAIN BREAKER 400 FROM SUBSTATION 20-lG5-A/B BUS RTG 400 AMPS 30 4W+G+IG FULLY RATED: 25000 AIC SYM. REF DWG No. (REV) REVISED CKT. NEW PANEL ENGINEER R.D. KENT PHONE 544-8174 JOB NO. 1823/133001 FRAMES WIRE CIR & AMPS SIZEI DESCRIPTION a b C LOCATION 1 a 175 3 #2/0 PANEL 133-8 VIA XFMR T1 133-1 18 B/3 3b -- #2/0 ---------- 16 B/3 5c #2/0 ---------- 15 B/3 7a SPACE-UNUSABLE ' 9b SPACE-UNUSABLE 11c SPACE-UNUSABLE 13a 60 3 #4 PUMP VAULT PV-4 PUMP MOTORS&MISC.LOADS 39 VAULT PV-4 ' 15b -- - #4 ---------- 39 S.W.OF BLDG. 17c #4 39 25-20 19a SPACE W/H 21 b SPACE W/H ' 23c SPACE W/H 25a 100 3 #2 PANEL 83-3 13 B/3 27b #2 ---------- 13 B/3 29c #2 ---------- 10 B/3 31a 33b 35c 37a 39b 41c 2a SPACE-UNUSABLE 4b SPACE-UNUSABLE 6C SPACE-UNUSABLE 8a 175 3 #2/0 PANEL 133-4 VIA XFMR T1 133-2 43 B/3 10b -- #2/0 ---------- 44 B/3 12c #2/0 ---------- 1 39 B/3 14a SPACE W/H ' 16b SPACE W/H 18C SPACE W/H 20a SPACE W/H 22b SPACE W/H 24C SPACE W/H 26a 100 3 #2 PANEL B3-2 17 B/3 28b #2 ---------- 17 B/3 30c #2 ---------- 15 B/3 32a 34b ' 36c 38a 40b 42c ' PHASE TOTALS (AMPS) 130 129 119 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 105 KVA ' - END OF SECTION - ' January 1999 016470-3 \014002\2220\engr\B3-1.XLS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1